Document:

patrickemploymentagreeme

  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  This Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), is made and entered into this 24th day of  November 2020 by and between Patrick Industries, Inc., an Indiana corporation, (“Employer”),  and Jacob R. Petkovich, (“Executive”), collectively “the Parties”, to be effective as of the date  above  (“Effective Date”).  RECITALS  A. Employer desires to employ the Executive upon the terms and conditions set forth  herein and the Executive wishes to accept employment upon the terms and conditions set forth  herein including, without limitation, the non-disclosure and non-competition covenants and  agreements of the Executive set forth in Sections 7 and 8 hereof, in order to cause the Employer  to provide Executive the Compensation (as defined herein).  B. Patrick is a leading manufacturer and distributor of component parts, building  products, materials, and other products for sale to the recreational vehicle, marine, manufactured  housing, residential housing, high-rise, hospitality, kitchen cabinet, office and household furniture,  fixtures and commercial furnishings, and other industrial markets, in the United States and Canada.  (“Patrick’s Business”).  AGREEMENT  In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein,  the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:  1. Definitions.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the  meanings specified or referred to in this Section 1.  “Affiliate(s)” -- any Person directly or indirectly controlled by, or under common  control with, the Employer or any other referenced Person.  “Agreement” -- this Employment Agreement, including any Exhibits hereto, as  amended from time to time.  “Annual Performance Bonus” -- as described in Section 3.2.  “Benefits” -- as described in Section 3.1(b).  “Board of Directors” -- the board of directors of the Employer.  “Cause” -- means the occurrence of any of the following events during the  Employment Period: (a) the Executive’s conviction of any felony, the Executive’s  embezzlement or misappropriation of money or other property of the Employer; (b)  any act of gross negligence, gross misconduct, or gross corporate waste by the  Executive to the Employer or the commission of any intentional tort by the  Executive against the Employer; or (c) the Executive’s failure, after notice and a  reasonable opportunity to cure, to execute the duties assigned to him pursuant to  

 

   2  Section 2.3. For the avoidance of doubt, gross negligence or gross misconduct shall  include, but shall not be limited to, the commission of an egregious error or  continuously poor performance in the execution of Executive’s duties and  responsibilities of his office after receiving no more than two (2) negative  performance evaluations, improvement plan and written warnings from the CEO or  the Board within a six (6) month period.  “Compensation” -- Salary and Benefits.  “Confidential Information” -- any and all:  (a) trade secrets concerning the business and affairs of the Employer or any  Affiliate of the Employer, product or service specifications, data, know- how, formulae, compositions, processes, designs, sketches, photographs,  graphs, drawings, samples, inventions and ideas, past, current, and planned  research and development, current and planned manufacturing, marketing  or distribution methods and processes, customer lists, prospective customer  lists, current and anticipated customer requirements, price lists, market  studies, business plans, computer software and programs (including object  code and source code), computer software and database technologies,  systems, structures, and architectures (and related formulae, compositions,  processes, improvements, devices, know-how, inventions, discoveries,  concepts, ideas, designs, methods and information), and any other  information, however documented, that is a “trade secret” either under  common law or as such term is defined by statute under the laws of any  applicable jurisdiction;  (b) information concerning the business and affairs of the Employer or its  Affiliates (which includes historical financial statements, financial  projections and budgets, historical and projected sales, capital spending  budgets and plans, employee names, contact information and background  information, personnel training and techniques and materials), however  documented; and  (c) notes, analysis, compilations, studies, summaries, and other material  prepared by or for the Employer or Affiliates of the Employer, containing  or based, in whole or in part, on any information included in the foregoing.  “Disability” -- The Executive will be deemed to have a “disability” if, for physical  or mental reasons, the Executive is unable to perform the Executive’s duties under  this Agreement for 90 consecutive days, or 180 days during any 12 month period.   The disability of the Executive will be determined by a medical doctor selected by  written agreement of the Employer and the Executive upon the written request of  either party by notice to the other.  If the Employer and the Executive cannot agree  on the selection of a medical doctor, each of them will select a medical doctor and  the two medical doctors will select a third medical doctor who will determine  whether the Executive has a disability.  The determination of the medical doctor  

 

   3  selected will be binding on both parties.  The Executive must submit to a reasonable  number of examinations by the medical doctor making the determination of  disability.  The Executive will be required to sign the necessary forms to authorize  the physician to disclose the determination of disability and to provide the medical  records relied upon.  If the Executive is not legally competent, the Executive’s legal  guardian or duly authorized attorney-in-fact will act in the Executive’s stead, for  the purposes of selecting the medical doctor, submitting the Executive to the  examinations and providing the authorization of disclosure.  “Effective Date” -- as defined in the Introduction to this Agreement.   “Employee Invention” -- any idea, invention, technique, modification, process, or  improvement (whether patentable or not), and any work of authorship (whether or  not copyright protection may be obtained for it) created, conceived, or developed  by the Executive, either solely or in conjunction with others, during the  Employment Period, or a period that includes a portion of the Employment Period,  that relates in any way to, or is useful in any manner in, the business then being  conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Employer, and any such item created  by the Executive, either solely or in conjunction with others, following termination  of the Executive’s employment with the Employer, that is based upon or uses  Confidential Information; provided, however, that any item so created by the  Executive that is based upon or uses Confidential Information that the Executive  demonstrates was or became generally available to the public, other than as a result  of a disclosure by the Executive, will not be deemed to be an Employee Invention  for any purposes.  “Employer” – Patrick Industries, Inc.  “Employer’s Material Breach” – failure by the Employer to comply with any  material provision regarding the Executive’s compensation, benefits and other  amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement, or any of the Employer  material obligations under the Agreement, excepting (i) a change in the Executive’s  compensation as required by the Board of Directors and consistent with similar  modifications to the compensation, benefits and other amounts payable to the  Employer’s executives and senior leadership team members; (ii) a modification to  the Employer’s compensation, benefits and other amounts payable to Executive  resulting from the Executive’s failure or the Executive’s deficient performance of  the Executive’s duties and responsibilities as reasonably determined by the  Employer.  “Employment Period” -- the term of the Executive’s employment under this  Agreement.  “Non-competition Period” -- for a period of time equal to the Employment Period  plus two years.  

 

   4  “Person” -- any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation),  general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust,  association, organization, or governmental body.  “Proprietary Items” -- as defined in Section 7.2(a)(iv).  “Salary” -- as defined in Section 3.1(a).  2. Employment Term and Duties  2.1 Employment.  The Employer hereby employs the Executive, effective as of  the Effective Date, and the Executive shall accept employment by the Employer, effective as of  the Effective Date, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement including Schedule  A.  2.2 Term.  The term of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall  commence on the Effective Date and continue through January 31, 2024 unless terminated by  either party in accordance with Section 6 below (the “Employment Period”).  At least 90 days prior  to the end of the Employment Period, or upon the retirement or departure of the current CEO  (should that occur more than 90 days prior to the end of the Employment Period), the CEO or  members of the Board shall review with Executive his then present role with the Employer and  determine what at his future role with the Employer, if any, is to be and revise this Agreement as  needed.  A decision by the Employer not to renew this Agreement shall be deemed a termination  by the Employer of the Executive without Cause, unless the Employer advises the Executive in  writing he is being terminated for Cause (as defined in Section 6.1(b) and Section 1) and describing  the Cause, or unless the Executive is terminated due to death or disability as discussed in Section  6.1(a).  If the Executive determines that the revisions to this Agreement at the end of the  Employment Period, if any, are not acceptable, and Executive elects to terminate this Agreement  or not renew it, that decision by Executive shall be deemed a termination by the Executive pursuant  to Section 6.1(d) of this Agreement, provided, however that if the Executive provides a minimum  of six (6) months’ notice of his departure date to the Employer (the “Six-Months Departure  Notice”), the only obligations of the Company shall be to pay to the Executive (i) his base salary  and benefits for the period commencing on the date the Employer receives the Six-Months  Departure Notice and ending on the sixth (6th) month anniversary of the date of Executive’s  departure; and (ii) a pro-rated portion of any stock awards and stock options granted to the  Executive by the Employer in fiscal year 2022 (the “2022 Awards”) in such instance having  accelerated and vested; provided, however, that to remain eligible for the accelerated vesting of  the pro-rated portion of the 2022 Awards, the Employee must remain in active employment for a  minimum of six (6) consecutive months beginning on the date the Employer receives the Six- Months Departure Notice (such six (6) month period shall be referred to herein as the “Departure  Period”).  If and to the extent the Employee does not remain in active employment with the  Employer through the end of the Departure Period, the Employer will not accelerate the vesting of  the pro-rated portion of such 2022 Awards, if any, and the Employee will forfeit all right, title and  interest in and to the 2022 Awards.  By way of example, if the Employee does not accept the  revisions to this Agreement and consequently elects to terminate or not renew this Agreement by  providing the Employer with his Six-Months Departure Notice on November 30, 2023 and remains  in active employment through May 30, 2024 (the end of the Departure Period), the Employer shall  

 

   5  accelerate the vesting of 29/36 of the Employee’s 2022 Awards.  However, should the Employee  fail to remain in active employment with the Employer through and including May 30, 2024 (after  having issued his Six-Months Departure Notice on November 30, 2023), the Employee shall forfeit  his 2022 Awards in its entirety. For the avoidance of doubt, all 2022 Awards, if any, not otherwise  accelerated and vested pursuant to this Section 2.2 and unvested stock awards or stock options  granted to the Executive during the Employment Period but remaining unvested as of the date the  Executive issues his Six-Months Departure Notice to the Employer will not be accelerated and the  Executive will not be entitled to receive any acceleration of or receipt of any such unvested stock  awards or stock options under the terms of those agreements and shall forfeit the same.  2.3 Duties.  The Executive will have such duties as are described in the Position  Description for Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and the job titles and reporting  structure appearing in attached Schedule A to this Agreement, as well as those assigned or  delegated to the Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer (“CEO”).  The  Executive shall report to the CEO.  The Executive will devote his entire business time, attention,  skill, and energy exclusively to the business of the Employer and its Affiliates, as the case may be,  will use his best efforts to promote the success of the business, and will cooperate fully with the  CEO or Board of Directors of Employer, as the case may be, in the advancement of the best  interests of the Employer and its Affiliates.  3. Compensation – See Schedule A for additional detail on Executive’s compensation  under this Agreement.  3.1 Basic Compensation.  (a) Salary.  The Executive will be paid a salary at an annualized rate of  $425,000 per year, subject to the provisions of Section 6 and  increased as provided below (the “Salary”), which will be payable  in equal periodic installments according to the Employer’s  customary payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly.   Any increase in the Salary shall be made from time to time, and at  the sole discretion and approval of, the CEO or the President.  (b) Benefits.  The Executive will, during the Employment Period, be  entitled to participate in such retirement, bonus, life insurance,  hospitalization and medical plans or insurance coverage, disability,  and other employee benefit plans, programs and policies of the  Employer (collectively, “Plans”) as are generally made available by  the Employer from time to time.  All of the plans, agreements, and  undertakings of the Employer set forth above shall be called,  collectively, the “Benefits.”  Any Benefits hereunder shall be  subject to such local, state or federal tax reporting requirements as  may be in effect at any time during the Employment Period.  3.2 Annual Performance Bonus.  As additional incentive compensation for the  services to be rendered by the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, the Executive shall be eligible  to receive a bonus for each fiscal year during the Term of this Agreement (the “Annual  

 

   6  Performance Bonus”).  The Annual Performance Bonus will be determined by the CEO or the  President and shall be based upon thresholds relating to certain quantitative and qualitative goals  set by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion.  In order to be eligible for the Annual  Performance Bonus, the Executive must be employed throughout the entire fiscal year, provided  however, that if Executive’s employment is terminated prior to the end of a fiscal year due to death,  disability, or without cause (by the Employer) or by expiration of the Employment Period,  Executive shall be entitled to receive such Annual Performance Bonus (if any is due hereunder)  pro-rated as of the effective date of such termination or expiration and subject to Executive  executing a separation agreement and general release in the form acceptable to the Employer.  Any  Annual Performance Bonus determined to be due to the Executive shall be paid within 30 days  after receipt by the Employer of audited financial statements for the fiscal year to which the Annual  Performance Bonus relates.  4. Facilities and Expenses.  The Employer will furnish the Executive office space,  equipment, supplies, and such other facilities and personnel as the Employer deems necessary or  appropriate for the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement.  The Employer  will reimburse the Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred by him on behalf of the  Employer in the performance of his duties; provided, that Executive furnishes to Employer  documentation of such expenses as is required by the Internal Revenue Service, as well as such  other documentation as the Employer may request.  To be eligible for reimbursement, the  Executive must file authorization requests, to the extent required by the Employer’s employment  policies and, in all instances, expense reports with respect to such expenses in accordance with the  Employer’s policies.  5. Vacations and Holidays.  The Executive will be entitled to paid vacation during the  Employment Period.  Such vacation shall be taken in accordance with the vacation policies of the  Employer in effect for its employees as amended from time to time.  Vacation must be taken by  the Executive at such time or times as mutually agreed by the CEO or President of the Employer.   The Executive will also be entitled to the paid holidays as set forth in the Employer’s policies.   Vacation days and holidays during any calendar year that are not used by the Executive during  such calendar year may not be used in any subsequent calendar year, nor will the Executive be  paid for unused vacation or holidays.  6. Termination.  6.1 Events of Termination  (a) Death: Disability.  In the event of the Executive’s death or  Disability, his employment with the Employer shall be deemed  terminated as of the end of the month in which such death or  Disability occurs, and all rights, duties and obligations of the Parties  hereunder shall thereupon cease, except for the Executive’s  obligations under Section 7 and Section 8 hereof (in the case of a  termination due to Disability), and the Employer’s obligations under  Section 3.2.    

 

   7  (b) By The Employer for Cause.  The Executive’s employment with the  Employer may be terminated by the Employer for Cause, upon  written notice to the Executive.  Upon any such termination all  rights, obligations and duties of the parties hereunder shall  immediately cease (including, but not limited to, the payment by the  Employer of all Compensation), except for the Executive’s  obligations under Section 7 and Section 8 hereof.  (c) By The Employer Without Cause.  The Employer may terminate the  Executive’s employment at any time upon not less than ninety (90)  days’ advance written notice without Cause.  Upon expiration of  such notice period all rights, obligations and duties of the parties  hereunder shall immediately cease, except for the Executive’s  obligations under Section 7 and Section 8 hereof and the Employer’s  obligations under Section 6.2(c) and any obligation the Employer  may have under any stock award or stock option agreement.  (d) Termination By Executive.  The Executive may terminate his  employment with the Employer for Employer’s Material Breach of  the terms of this Agreement upon written notice to the Employer  which is not corrected within fifteen (15) days of Executive’s  written notice to the Employer, or upon not less than sixty (60) days’  advance written notice of resignation to the Employer, provided,  however, that after receipt of such notice of resignation, the  Employer may, in its discretion accelerate the effective date of such  termination at any time by written notice to the Executive.   Termination by Executive for Employer’s Material Breach shall be  deemed a termination by Employer without cause.  Upon the  effective date of any such termination, all rights, obligations and  duties of the parties hereunder shall immediately cease, except for  the Executive’s obligations under Section 7 and Section 8 hereof and  the Employer’s obligations under Section 6.2(d), and any obligation  the Employer may have under any stock award or stock option  agreement.  6.2 Termination Pay.  Effective upon the termination of the Employment  Period, the Employer will be obligated to pay the Executive (or, in the event of his death, his  designated beneficiary) only such compensation as is provided in Section 3.2 and Section 6.2, all  of which will be subject to Executive’s or Executive’s authorized agent’s, guardian’s or estate’s,  (in the case of termination pursuant to Section 6.1(a)) execution of a separation agreement and  general release in the form acceptable to the Employer.  For purposes of this Section 6.2, the  Executive’s designated beneficiary will be such individual beneficiary or trust, located at such  address, as the Executive may designate by notice to the Employer from time to time or, if the  Executive fails to give notice to the Employer of such a beneficiary, the Executive’s estate.  (a) Termination upon Disability. If this Agreement is terminated by  either party as a result of the Executive’s Disability, the Employer  

 

   8  will continue to pay to the Executive his Salary through the end of  the month in which the Disability is deemed to have occurred.  (b) Termination by Death.  If the Employment Period is terminated  because of the Executive’s death, the Employer will pay to the  Executive’s designated beneficiary the Executive’s Salary through  the end of the month in which the death occurred.   (c) Termination by the Employer Without Cause or Termination by  Employee for Material Breach.  If the Employer terminates the  Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Employee  terminates for Employer’s Material Breach, the Employer will  continue to pay the Executive his Salary for a period of twelve (12)  months after the effective date of such termination.  (d) Termination by the Executive.  If the Executive terminates his  employment, the Employer will continue to pay the Executive his  Salary for the notice period provided by the Executive with respect  to his termination.        7. Non-Disclosure Covenant: Employee Inventions.  7.1 Acknowledgments by the Executive.  The Executive acknowledges that  (a) during the Employment Period and as a part of his employment, the Executive will be afforded  access to Confidential Information; (b) public disclosure of such Confidential Information could  have an adverse effect on the Employer and its business; (c) since the Executive possesses  substantial expertise and skill with respect to the Employer’s business, the Employer desires to  obtain exclusive ownership of each Employee Invention, and the Employer will be at a substantial  competitive disadvantage if it fails to acquire exclusive ownership of each Employee Invention;  (d) the Compensation provided to Executive hereunder, together with the consideration provided  to the Executive under the Related Agreements, constitute good and sufficient consideration for  the Executive’s agreements and covenants in this Section 7; and (e) the provisions of this Section  7 are reasonable and necessary to prevent the improper use or disclosure of Confidential  Information and to provide the Employer with exclusive ownership of all Employee Inventions.  7.2 Agreements of the Executive.  In consideration of the Compensation to be  paid or provided to the Executive by the Employer under this Agreement, the Executive covenants  as follows:  (a) Confidentiality  (i) During and at all times following the Employment Period,  the Executive will hold in confidence the Confidential  Information and will not disclose it to any person except with  the specific prior written consent of the Employer or except  

 

   9  as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of this  Agreement.  (ii) Any trade secrets of the Employer will be entitled to all of  the protections and benefits under applicable trade secret  laws.  If any information that the Employer deems to be a  trade secret is found by a court of competent jurisdiction not  to be a trade secret for purposes of this Agreement, such  information will, nevertheless, be considered Confidential  Information for purposes of this Agreement.  The Executive  hereby waives any requirement that the Employer submit  proof of the economic value of any trade secret or post a  bond or other security.  (iii) None of the foregoing obligations and restrictions applies to  any part of the Confidential Information that the Executive  demonstrates was or became generally available to the  public other than as a result of a disclosure by the Executive.  (iv) The Executive will not remove from the Employer’s (or any  Affiliate’s) premises (except to the extent such removal is  for purposes of the performance of the Executive’s duties at  home or while traveling, or except as otherwise specifically  authorized by the Employer) any document, record,  notebook, plan, model, component, device, or computer  software or code, whether embodied in a disk or in any other  form (collectively, the “Proprietary Items”).  The Executive  recognizes that, as between the Employer and the Executive,  all of the Proprietary Items, whether or not developed by the  Executive, are the exclusive property of the Employer.   Upon termination of this Agreement by either party, the  Executive will return to the Employer all of the Proprietary  Items in the Executive’s possession or subject to the  Executive’s control, and the Executive shall not retain any  copies, abstracts, sketches, or other physical embodiment of  any of the Proprietary Items.  (b) Employee Inventions.  Each Employee Invention will belong  exclusively to the Employer.  The Executive acknowledges that all  of the Executive’s writing, works of authorship, and other Employee  Inventions are works made for hire and the property of the  Employer, including any copyrights, patents, or other intellectual  property rights pertaining thereto.  If it is determined that any such  works are not works made for hire, the Executive hereby assigns to  the Employer all of the Executive’s right, title, and interest,  including all rights of copyright, patent, and other intellectual  

 

   10  property rights, to or in such Employee Inventions. The Executive  covenants that he will promptly:  (i) disclose to the Employer in writing any Employee Invention;  (ii) assign to the Employer or to a party designated by the  Employer, at the Employer’s request and without additional  compensation, all of the Executive’s right to the Employee  Invention for the United States and all foreign jurisdictions;  (iii) execute and deliver to the Employer such applications,  assignments, and other documents as the Employer may  request in order to apply for and obtain patents or other  registrations with respect to any Employee Invention in the  United States and any foreign jurisdictions;  (iv) sign all other papers necessary to carry out the above  obligations; and  (v) give testimony and render any other assistance, in support of  the Employer’s rights to any Employee Invention.  7.3 Disputes or Controversies.  The Executive recognizes that should a dispute  or controversy arising from or relating to this Agreement be submitted for adjudication to any  court, arbitration panel, or other third party, the preservation of the secrecy of Confidential  Information may be jeopardized.  All pleadings, documents, testimony, and records relating to any  such adjudication will be maintained in secrecy and will be available for inspection by the  Employer, the Executive, and their respective attorneys and experts, who will agree, in advance  and in writing, to receive and maintain all such information in secrecy, except as may be limited  by written agreement among them.  8. Non-Competition and Non-Interference.  8.1 Acknowledgments By the Executive.  The Executive acknowledges that:  (a) the services to be performed by him under this Agreement are of a special, unique and unusual  character; and (b) the Compensation provided to the Executive hereunder, together with the  consideration provided to the Executive under the Related Agreements, constitute good and  sufficient consideration for the Executive’s agreements and covenants in this Section 8; and (c)  the provisions of this Section 8 are reasonable and necessary to protect the Employer’s business.  8.2 Covenants of the Executive.  In consideration of the acknowledgments by  the Executive, and in consideration of the Compensation to be paid or provided to the Executive  by the Employer, the Executive covenants that he will not, directly or indirectly:  (a) during the Non-competition Period, engage or invest in, own,  manage, operate, finance, control, or participate in the ownership,  management, operation, financing, or control of, be employed by,  associated with, or in any manner connected with, lend the  

 

   11  Executive’s name or any similar name to, lend Executive’s credit to  or render services or advice to, any business whose activities  compete in whole or in part with the activities of the Employer  within those geographical areas in which the Employer performed  or performs such services (any of the foregoing a “Competitive  Business”); provided, however, that the Executive may purchase or  otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) 1% of any class of  securities of any Competitive Business (but without otherwise  participating in the activities of such Competitive Business) if such  securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange  or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934; or  (b) whether for the Executive’s own account or the account of any other  person (i) at any time during the Non-competition Period solicit,  employ, or otherwise engage as an employee, independent  contractor, or otherwise, any Person who is or was an employee of  the Employer at any time during the Non-competition Period or in  any manner induce or attempt to induce any employee of the  Employer to terminate his employment with the Employer and who  has access to, or possesses, Confidential Information, trade secrets,  or other knowledge regarding the Employer that could give a  competitor an unfair advantage; or (ii) at any time during the Non- competition Period, interfere with the Employer’s relationship with  any Person, including any person who at any time during the Non- competition Period was an employee, contractor, supplier, or  customer of the Employer.  8.3 Enforceability; Notice.  If any covenant in Section 8.2 is held to be  unreasonable, arbitrary, or against public policy, such covenant will be considered to be divisible  with respect to scope, time, and geographic area, and such lesser scope, time, or geographic area,  or all of them, as a court of competent jurisdiction may determine to be reasonable, not arbitrary,  and not against public policy, will be effective, binding, and enforceable against the Executive.   The period of time applicable to any covenant in Section 8.2 will be extended by the duration of  any violation by the Executive of such covenant.  The Executive will, while the covenant under  Section 8.2 is in effect, give notice to the Employer, within three days after accepting any other  employment (including self-employment), of the identity of the Executive’s employer.  Employer  may notify such employer that the Executive is bound by this Agreement and, at the Employer’s  election, furnish such employer with a copy of this Agreement or relevant portions thereof.  9. General Provisions.  9.1 Injunctive Relief and Additional Remedy.  The Executive acknowledges  that the injury that would be suffered by the Employer as a result of a breach of the provisions of  this Agreement (including any provision of Section 7 and Section 8) would be irreparable and that  an award of monetary damages to the Employer for such a breach would be an inadequate remedy.   Consequently, the Employer will have the right, in addition to any other rights it may have, to  

 

   12  obtain injunctive relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically  enforce any provision of this Agreement, and the Employer will not be obligated to post bond or  other security in seeking such relief.  9.2 Covenants of Sections 7 and 8 are Essential and Independent.  The  covenants by the Executive in Section 7 and Section 8 are essential elements of this Agreement,  and without the Executive’s agreement to comply with such covenants, the Employer would not  have entered into this Agreement, offered employment to the Executive or offered the Executive  the Salary and Benefits and other consideration provided hereunder.  The Executive’s covenants  in Section 7 and Section 8 are independent covenants and the existence of any claim by the  Executive against the Employer under this Agreement or otherwise, or against any affiliate of  Employer, will not excuse the Executive’s breach of any covenant in Section 7 or Section 8.  If the  Executive’s employment hereunder expires or is terminated, this Agreement will continue in full  force and effect as is necessary or appropriate to enforce the covenants and agreements of the  Executive in Section 7 and Section 8.  9.3 Representations and Warranties by the Executive.  The Employer and  Executive each represents and warrants to the other that the execution and delivery by it or him of  this Agreement do not, and the performance of it or his obligations hereunder will not, with or  without the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both: (a) violate any judgment, writ,  injunction, or order of any court, arbitrator, or governmental agency applicable to it or him, as the  case may be; or (b) conflict with, result in the breach of any provisions of or the termination of, or  constitute a default under, any agreement to which it or he, as the case may be, is a party or by  which it or he, as the case may be, is or may be bound.  9.4 Obligations Contingent on Performance.  The obligations of the Employer  hereunder, including its obligation to pay the compensation provided for herein, are contingent  upon the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s obligations hereunder.  9.5 Waiver.  The rights and remedies of the parties to this Agreement are  cumulative and not alternative.  Neither the failure nor any delay by either party in exercising any  right, power, or privilege under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such right, power, or  privilege, and no single or partial exercise of any such right, power, or privilege will preclude any  other or further exercise of such right, power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power,  or privilege.  To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (a) no claim or right arising out  of this Agreement can be discharged by one party, in whole or in part, by a waiver or renunciation  of the claim or right unless in writing signed by the other party; (b) no waiver that may be given  by a party will be applicable except in the specific instance for which it is given; and (c) no notice  to or demand on one party will be deemed to be a waiver of any obligation of such party or of the  right of the party giving such notice or demand to take further action without notice or demand as  provided in this Agreement.  9.6 Binding Effect; Delegation of Executive’s Duties Prohibited.  This  Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and their  respective successors, assigns, heirs, and legal representatives, including any Affiliate to which  Employer may assign this Agreement or any entity with which the Employer may merge or  consolidate or to which all or substantially all of its assets may be transferred, but the Employer’s  

 

   13  obligations will remain in full force and effect, notwithstanding such assignment. The duties and  covenants of the Executive under this Agreement, being personal, may not be delegated or  assigned.  9.7 Notices.  All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications under  this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (a) delivered  by hand to the address(es) below, or (b) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized  overnight delivery service (receipt and next day delivery requested), in each case to the appropriate  addresses set forth below (or to such other addresses as a party may designate by notice to the  other parties):    If to Employer: Patrick Industries, Inc.       107 W. Franklin St.       Elkhart, IN  46516       Attn:  Andy L. Nemeth  If to Executive: Jacob R. Petkovich       2521 Croydon Road       Charlotte, NC  28209  9.8 Entire Agreement: Amendments.  This Agreement, as it may be amended  from time to time, as well as a letter to Executive setting forth the Relocation payment he shall  receive, contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof  and supersedes all Prior Agreements (as the same may have been amended from time to time) and  other agreements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the  subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may not be amended orally, but only by an agreement in  writing signed by the parties hereto.  9.9 Governing Law: Venue and Jurisdiction.  If a proceeding or claim relating  or pertaining to this Agreement is initiated by either party hereto, such proceeding or claim shall  and must be filed in any state court in Elkhart County, Indiana or federal court located in South  Bend, Indiana, and this Agreement and such proceeding or claim shall be governed by and  construed under Indiana law, without regard to conflict of laws principles.  9.10 Section Headings: Construction.  The headings of Sections in this  Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation.   All references to “Section” or “Sections” refer to the corresponding Section or Sections of this  Agreement unless otherwise specified. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be  of such gender or number as the circumstances require.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, the  word “including” does not limit the preceding words or terms.  9.11 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or  unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will  remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable  only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or  unenforceable.  

 

   14  9.12 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more  counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original copy of this Agreement and all of  which, when taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.  9.13 Section 409A.  (a) General Compliance.  This Agreement is intended to comply with  Section 409A or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and  administered in accordance with Section 409A.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under  this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner  that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption.  Any  payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Section  409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from  service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section  409A to the maximum extent possible.  For purposes of Section  409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement  shall be treated as a separate payment.  Any payments to be made  under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only  be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer makes no representations  that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement  comply with Section 409A, and in no event shall Employer be liable  for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other  expenses that may be incurred by the Executive on account of non- compliance with Section 409A.    (b) Specified Employees.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this  Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to the Executive in  connection with the Executive’s termination of employment is  determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation”  within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined  to be a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i),  then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll  date following the six-month anniversary of the termination date or,  if earlier, on the Executive’s death (the “Specified Employee  Payment Date”).  The aggregate of any payments that would  otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment  Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified  Employee Payment Date and thereafter, any remaining payments  shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original  schedule.  (c) Reimbursements.  To the extent required by Section 409A, each  reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided under this Agreement  shall be provided in accordance with the following:  (i) the amount  

 

   15  of expense eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided,  during each calendar year cannot affect the expenses eligible for  reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other  calendar year; (ii) any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be  paid to the Executive on or before the last day of the calendar year  following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and  (iii) any right to reimbursements or in-kind benefits under this  Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for  another benefit.  (d) Tax Gross-ups.  Any tax gross-up payments provided under this  Agreement shall be paid to the Executive on or before December 31  of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in  which the Executive remits the related taxes.  

 

   16  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of  the date above first written above.  “EMPLOYER”    Patrick Industries, Inc.      By:  /s/ Andy L. Nemeth          Andy L. Nemeth    Its:  Chief Executive Officer        “EXECUTIVE”    /s/ Jacob R. Petkovich  Jacob R. Petkovich      

 

   17  SCHEDULE A        NAME:  Jacob R. Petkovich    JOB TITLE:  Executive Vice President of Finance  Chief Financial Officer  Treasurer    REPORTING STRUCTURE:  Andy L. Nemeth, President and Chief Executive Officer     BASE AND SHORT TERM INCENTIVE (CASH) COMPENSATION:  Executive’s base salary will be $425,000 annualized and paid on a bi-weekly pay cycle.   Executive’s base salary will be reviewed annually with future adjustments based on achieving  approved objectives and organizational goals outlined by Employer’s executive leadership as well  as market references.    Executive will also be eligible to participate in the Executive Short Term Incentive (STI) program.   This component of Executive’s compensation is intended to recognize his individual  contributions to the success and profitability of Employer.  Executive’s target incentive will  be set annually in alignment with Employer’s Executive Compensation Plan as approved by  the Compensation Committee of Employer Board of Directors.  The actual award is dependent  upon the Employer’s consolidated performance and can range from 0% to 200%.  Executive’s  2020 STI target is included below in the sign-on compensation section.    LONG-TERM INCENTIVE (“LTI”):  In addition, Executive will be participating in the Executive Long Term Incentive program with  target performance and time based grants of Employer stock in the form of RSUs (Restricted Stock  Units).  This grant will generally be awarded in the first quarter of the performance period begin  date and will cliff vest three years from the date of the grant.  The award is 80% performance  dependent with the Employer’s 3-year cumulative EBITDA target and can range from 0-200% of  the target grant.  The award will be 20% time-based restricted shares which will cliff vest after the  conclusion of the 3-year performance period.  Executive’s 2020 LTI target is included below in  the sign-on compensation section.    CAR ALLOWANCE:  Executive will be eligible for a monthly automobile allowance of $1,000.  This allowance is  intended to represent all expenses related to using Executive’s personal automobile to complete  the responsibilities of his role.        

 

   18  CELL PHONE ALLOWANCE:  Executive will be eligible for a monthly phone allowance of $90.00 reimbursement through  Concur.    BENEFITS:  Executive’s employment includes all of the below benefits starting immediately upon Executive’s  Start Date:   Paid Vacation; 20 days per year  o Vacation time starts on anniversary date, not calendar and per policy thereafter.  o Team members who voluntarily terminate for Cause during their first year of  employment will not be paid out for any unused vacation time.   Employer Holidays   Full Suite Employee Benefits including health and dental coverage through Blue Cross  Blue Shield, life, and vision coverage for Executive and his dependents.   Company Contributing Health Savings Account   401k   Tuition Reimbursement Program   Gym Club Reimbursement   Short Term Disability    Benefits will be reviewed with Executive during his orientation process.  Executive is eligible for  the foregoing benefits in accordance with the programs currently offered to full-time, salaried  employees.      The benefits described in Schedule A are subject to change in accordance with the Employer’s   annual and periodic reviews of its executive compensation program and related changes as  approved by the Board of Directors and health and welfare benefits programs which are reviewed  and adjusted as deemed necessary by management on an annual or periodic basis.Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

GFL ENVIRONMENTAL
INC.

 

4.000% Senior Notes due 2028

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of November 23, 2020

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as
Trustee

 

 

 

 

     

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	 	 	 	Page
	 	 	 	 
	Article I Definitions and Incorporation by Reference	 	1
	 	 	 
	Section 1.1.	Definitions	 	1
	Section 1.2.	Other Definitions	 	44
	Section 1.3.	Rules of Construction	 	46
	 	 	 	 
	Article II THE NOTES	 	47
	 	 	 
	Section 2.1.	Form and Dating	 	47
	Section 2.2.	Execution and Authentication	 	48
	Section 2.3.	Registrar and Paying Agent	 	49
	Section 2.4.	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	 	49
	Section 2.5.	Holder Lists	 	50
	Section 2.6.	Transfer and Exchange	 	50
	Section 2.7.	Replacement Notes	 	64
	Section 2.8.	Outstanding Notes	 	64
	Section 2.9.	Temporary Notes	 	65
	Section 2.10.	Cancellation	 	65
	Section 2.11.	Defaulted Interest	 	65
	Section 2.12.	CUSIP Numbers	 	66
	Section 2.13.	Calculations	 	66
	 	 	 
	Article III REDEMPTION	 	66
	 	 	 
	Section 3.1.	Notices to Trustee	 	66
	Section 3.2.	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	 	66
	Section 3.3.	Notice of Redemption	 	67
	Section 3.4.	Effect of Notice of Redemption	 	68
	Section 3.5.	Deposit of Redemption Price	 	68
	Section 3.6.	Notes Redeemed in Part	 	69
	Section 3.7.	Optional Redemption	 	69
	Section 3.8.	Tax Redemption	 	70

 

    	 	i	 

     

    

 

	Section 3.9.	Mandatory Redemption	 	71
	 	 	 
	Article IV COVENANTS	 	71
	 	 	 
	Section 4.1.	Payment of Notes	 	71
	Section 4.2.	Reports	 	71
	Section 4.3.	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock	 	73
	Section 4.4.	Restricted Payments	 	79
	Section 4.5.	Liens	 	86
	Section 4.6.	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	 	86
	Section 4.7.	Asset Sales	 	88
	Section 4.8.	Transactions With Affiliates	 	92
	Section 4.9.	Issuance of Note Guarantees	 	94
	Section 4.10.	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	 	95
	Section 4.11.	Change of Control	 	96
	Section 4.12.	Maintenance of Office or Agency for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Notes	 	99
	Section 4.13.	Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee	 	99
	Section 4.14.	Provision as to Paying Agent	 	100
	Section 4.15.	Maintenance of Corporate Existence	 	101
	Section 4.16.	[Reserved]	 	101
	Section 4.17.	Compliance Certificate	 	101
	Section 4.18.	Taxes	 	101
	Section 4.19.	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	 	101
	Section 4.20.	Covenant Suspension	 	102
	Section 4.21.	Additional Amounts	 	103
	 	 	 
	Article V SUCCESSOR COMPANY	 	106
	 	 	 
	Section 5.1.	Amalgamation, Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	 	106
	Section 5.2.	Successor Substituted	 	107
	 	 	 
	Article VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 	108
	 	 	 
	Section 6.1.	Events of Default	 	108

 

    	 	ii	 

     

    

 

	Section 6.2.	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	 	110
	Section 6.3.	Other Remedies	 	110
	Section 6.4.	Waiver of Past Defaults	 	110
	Section 6.5.	Control by Majority	 	110
	Section 6.6.	Limitation on Suits	 	111
	Section 6.7.	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	 	111
	Section 6.8.	Collection Suit by Trustee	 	111
	Section 6.9.	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	 	112
	Section 6.10.	Priorities	 	112
	Section 6.11.	Undertaking for Costs	 	112
	 	 	 
	Article VII TRUSTEE	 	113
	 	 	 
	Section 7.1.	Duties of Trustee	 	113
	Section 7.2.	Rights of Trustee	 	113
	Section 7.3.	Individual Rights of Trustee	 	115
	Section 7.4.	Trustee’s Disclaimer	 	115
	Section 7.5.	Notice of Defaults	 	115
	Section 7.6.	Compensation and Indemnity	 	115
	Section 7.7.	Replacement of Trustee	 	116
	Section 7.8.	Successor Trustee by Merger	 	117
	Section 7.9.	Eligibility; Disqualification	 	117
	Section 7.10.	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	 	118
	 	 	 
	Article VIII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	 	118
	 	 	 
	Section 8.1.	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	 	118
	Section 8.2.	Conditions to Defeasance	 	119
	Section 8.3.	Delivery and Application of Trust Money	 	120
	Section 8.4.	Repayment to Company	 	121
	Section 8.5.	Indemnity for Government Securities	 	121
	Section 8.6.	Reinstatement	 	121
	 	 	 
	Article IX AMENDMENTS	 	122
	 	 	 
	Section 9.1.	Without Consent of Holders	 	122

 

    	 	iii	 

     

    

 

	Section 9.2.	With Consent of Holders	 	122
	Section 9.3.	Revocation and Effect of Consents	 	124
	Section 9.4.	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	 	124
	Section 9.5.	Trustee to Sign Amendments	 	124
	 	 	 
	Article X NOTE GUARANTEES	 	125
	 	 	 
	Section 10.1.	Note Guarantees	 	125
	Section 10.2.	Limitation on Liability	 	126
	Section 10.3.	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	 	126
	Section 10.4.	Successors and Assigns	 	127
	Section 10.5.	No Waiver	 	127
	Section 10.6.	Right of Contribution	 	127
	Section 10.7.	No Subrogation	 	128
	Section 10.8.	Benefits Acknowledged	 	128
	Section 10.9.	Modification	 	128
	Section 10.10.	Release of Note Guarantees	 	128
	 	 	 
	Article XI [Reserved]	 	129
	 	 	 
	Article XII MISCELLANEOUS	 	129
	 	 	 
	Section 12.1.	Notices	 	129
	Section 12.2.	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	 	130
	Section 12.3.	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	 	130
	Section 12.4.	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	 	131
	Section 12.5.	When Notes Disregarded	 	131
	Section 12.6.	Legal Holidays	 	131
	Section 12.7.	Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction	 	131
	Section 12.8.	Waiver of Jury Trial	 	132
	Section 12.9.	Force Majeure	 	132
	Section 12.10.	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders	 	132
	Section 12.11.	Successors	 	132
	Section 12.12.	Multiple Originals; Counterparts	 	133

 

    	 	iv	 

     

    

 

	Section 12.13.	Severability	 	133
	Section 12.14.	Table of Contents; Headings	 	133
	Section 12.15.	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	 	133
	Section 12.16.	Acts of Holders	 	133
	Section 12.17.	Indemnification for Non-U.S. Dollar Currency Judgments	 	135
	Section 12.18.	Interest Act (Canada)	 	135

 

EXHIBITS

 

	Exhibit A	Form of Note for the Issuer’s 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit B	Form of Certificate of Transfer	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit C	Form of Certificate of Exchange	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	Exhibit D	Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors	 	 

 

    	 	v	 

     

    

 

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of November 23,
2020, is among GFL Environmental Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“Issuer”),
the Guarantors (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized
the creation of an issue of US$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Initial Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized
the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders (as defined herein), it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal
and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

Article I

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

Section 1.1.     Definitions.

 

“144A Global Note” means
a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and
(unless such legend is no longer required by the provisions of this Indenture) the Canadian Legend, that has the “Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of, and registered
in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“1933 Act” means the
U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“1934 Act” means the
U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“3.750% 2025 Secured Notes”
means the Issuer’s 3.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 outstanding as of the Issue Date and issued under the Indenture,
dated as of August 24, 2020, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the
trustee and as the notes collateral agent.

 

“4.250% 2025 Secured Notes”
means the Issuer’s 4.250% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 outstanding as of the Issue Date and issued under the Indenture,
dated as of April 29, 2020, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the trustee
and as the notes collateral agent.

 

“2026 Secured Notes”
means the Issuer’s 5.125% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 outstanding as of the Issue Date and issued under the Indenture,
dated as of December 16, 2019, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the
trustee and as the notes collateral agent.

 

    1

     

    

 

“2026 Unsecured Notes”
means the Issuer’s 7.000% Senior Notes due 2026 outstanding as of the Issue Date and issued under the Indenture, dated as
of May 14, 2018, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the trustee.

 

“2027 Unsecured Notes”
means the Issuer’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2027 outstanding as of the Issue Date and issued under the Indenture, dated as
of April 23, 2019, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as the trustee.

 

“Additional Notes” means
any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections ‎2.2
and ‎4.3, as part of the same series as the Initial
Notes, to the extent outstanding.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified
Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,”
 “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar
or Paying Agent, as the case may be.

 

“Applicable Premium”
means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, as determined by the Issuer, the greater of:

 

		(1)	1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

		(2)	the excess of:

 

		(a)	the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note, on August 1, 2023 (such redemption
price being set forth in ‎Section 3.7 on
or after August 1, 2023) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through August 1, 2023 (excluding
accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption
date plus 50 basis points; over

 

		(b)	the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

“Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures
of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“Approved Rating Organization”
means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons
outside of the Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the
meaning of Section 3(a)(62) under the 1934 Act selected by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer as a
replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

 

    2

     

    

 

“Asset Sale” means any
of the foregoing:

 

		(1)	the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights (including the sale by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries, but excluding the sale of directors’ qualifying
shares or shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law); and

 

		(2)	the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries (but for greater certainty excluding
any issuance of Equity Interests by the Issuer).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will be deemed
not to be an Asset Sale:

 

		(1)	any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $30.0
million;

 

		(2)	a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

		(3)	an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

		(4)	any disposition of worn-out, obsolete, retired or otherwise unsuitable or excess assets or equipment or facilities or of assets
or equipment no longer used or useful (including intellectual property), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(5)	the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary
course of business (including transfers of assets, revenues or liabilities between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business for the Fair Market Value thereof);

 

		(6)	the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

		(7)	any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, pursuant
to ‎Section 5.1;

 

		(8)	any Restricted Payment that does not violate ‎Section 4.4
and any Permitted Investment;

 

		(9)	the creation or perfection of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of any asset subject to such Lien);

 

		(10)	the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any
kind;

 

		(11)	dispositions of receivables owing to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the compromise, settlement
or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings of the account debtor and exclusive
of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

    3

     

    

 

		(12)	the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other
property in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries;

 

		(13)	any sale of assets received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon foreclosure of a Lien;

 

		(14)	any sale, issuance or other disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

		(15)	a sale, transfer or other disposition of assets by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a corporate
reorganization that is carried out as a step transaction if:

 

		(a)	the step transaction is completed within five Business Days; and

 

		(b)	at the completion of the step transaction, such assets are owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

		(16)	sales, conveyances, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant
to, customary buy/sell or put/call arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements or similar
binding arrangements.

 

In the event that a transaction (or any
portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment,
the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset
Sale and/or one or more of the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments.

 

“Attributable Debt” in
respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligations of the lessee
for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including during any
period for which such lease has been extended), calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such
transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Financing
Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of Financing
Lease Obligation.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means
the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), the Winding-Up and
Restructuring Act (Canada), Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other federal, state, provincial or foreign law for
the relief of debtors that are insolvent or bankrupt.

 

    4

     

    

 

“Beneficial Holders”
means any person who holds a beneficial interest in Global Notes as shown on the books of the Depositary or a Participant of such
Depositary.

 

“Board of Directors”
means:

 

		(1)	with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation (or any duly authorized committee thereof);

 

		(2)	with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the corporation (or the managers or managing members of a limited
liability company) that is the general partner or managing partner of the partnership;

 

		(3)	with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members
thereof; and

 

		(4)	with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

“Board Resolution” means
a copy of a resolution certified by any Officer of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of
such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means
a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions or trust companies in New York, New York or the
Province of Ontario are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Canadian Securities Legislation”
means the securities laws of each of the provinces and territories of Canada and the respective regulations, rules, rulings, decisions
and orders made thereunder, together with the multilateral or national instruments and notices issued or adopted by the securities
commissions or securities regulatory authorities in such provinces or territories.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

		(1)	in the case of a corporation, association or other business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or
other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock;

 

		(2)	in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited);
and

 

		(3)	any other interest or participation that confers on a Person rights in, or other equivalents of or interests in, the equity
of the issuing Person or otherwise confers the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets
of, the issuing Person,

 

but excluding from all of the foregoing
any debt securities including debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities
have any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

    5

     

    

 

“Capitalized Software Expenditures”
means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements
that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet (excluding
the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Cash Contribution Amount”
means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Issuer or any Guarantor and designated as a “Cash
Contribution Amount” as described in the definition of Contribution Indebtedness. Any amounts designated as a “Cash
Contribution Amount” shall be excluded for purposes of making Restricted Payments under ‎Section 4.4(b) and
clauses ‎‎(2), ‎(12)
and ‎(13) of ‎Section 4.4(c).

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

		(1)	Canadian or U.S. dollars, and such other currencies as may be held by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries from time to
time in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(2)	securities issued by or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the federal government of Canada, the U.S., or any member
state of the European Union (provided that such member state has a rating of “A” or higher from S&P, “A2”
or higher from Moody’s, “A” or higher from Fitch or “A” or higher from DBRS) or any
agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the federal government of Canada, the United States
or the relevant member state of the European Union is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than
two years from the date of acquisition;

 

		(3)	demand accounts, time deposit accounts, bearer deposit notes, certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities
of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year, demand and
overnight bank deposits and other similar types of investments routinely offered by commercial banks or trust companies, in each
case, with any bank or trust company that has a rating of “A” or higher from S&P, “A2”
or higher from Moody’s, “A” or higher from Fitch or “A” or higher from DBRS;

 

		(4)	repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

		(5)	commercial paper having a rating of “P-1” from Moody’s, “A-1” or higher from S&P,
 “F-1” or higher from Fitch (or, if at any time none of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch shall be rating such
obligations, an equivalent rating from another Approved Rating Organization) or “R-1 (low)” or higher from DBRS
and in each case maturing within two years after the date of acquisition;

 

    6

     

    

 

		(6)	readily marketable direct obligations issued by a state of the United States or a province of Canada or any political subdivision
thereof having a rating of “A” or higher from S&P, “A2” or higher from Moody’s
or “A” or higher from Fitch in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

		(7)	Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated “AAA−”
(or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “Aaa3” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s
or “AAA-” (or the equivalent thereof) or better from Fitch (or, if at any time none of Moody’s, S&P
or Fitch shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Approved Rating Organization); and

 

		(8)	money market or investment funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in
clauses (1) through (7) of this definition. In the case of Investments made in a country outside the United States, Cash
Equivalents will also include investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (8) of this definition
of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or
equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents
will include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided
that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any
event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

“Cash Management Obligations”
means obligations in respect of cash management services consisting of automated clearing house transactions, controlled disbursement
services, treasury, depositary, overdraft and electronic funds transfer services, foreign exchange facilities, currency exchange
transactions or agreements and options with respect thereto, credit card processing services, credit or debit cards, purchase cards
and any indemnity given in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

“Change of Control” means
the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

		(1)	the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of plan of arrangement, merger,
amalgamation or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets
(including Equity Interests of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, to any Person or group of Persons acting jointly or in concert (any such group, a “Group”) other
than a Person or Group that is a Permitted Holder; or

 

		(2)	the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any plan of arrangement, merger, amalgamation or consolidation)
the result of which is that any Person or Group (other than a Person or Group that is a Permitted Holder) beneficially owns, directly
or indirectly, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.

 

    7

     

    

 

For purposes of this definition, (i) a
beneficial owner of a security includes any Person or Group who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding,
relationship, or otherwise has or shares: (A) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of,
such security; and/or (B) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such
security; (ii) a Person or Group shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase
agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement; and
(iii) to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described
in clauses (1) or (2) above to become effective under applicable law and such approvals have not been received before
such transactions or circumstances have occurred, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time
such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction
will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Issuer becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect beneficial owners of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately
following that transaction are substantially the same as the beneficial owners of the Voting Stock of the Issuer immediately prior
to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no Person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements
of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream
Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearance agency.

 

“Commission” means the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Commodity Hedging Contracts”
means any transaction, arrangement or agreement entered into between a Person (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and a counterparty
on a case by case basis, including any futures contract, a commodity option, a swap, a forward sale or otherwise, the purpose of
which is to mitigate, manage or eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices, transportation or basis costs or differentials
or other similar financial factors including contracts settled by physical delivery of the commodity not settled within 60 days
of the date of any such contract.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and
Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation, amortization
and depletion and accretion expense, including amortization or write-off of intangibles and non-cash organization costs and of
deferred financing fees or costs and Capitalized Software Expenditures, of such Person, including the amortization of deferred
financing fees or costs for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP and the amortization
of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, and any write down of assets or asset
value carried on the balance sheet.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period:

 

    8

     

    

 

(a)           increased
by (without duplication, and as determined in accordance with GAAP to the extent applicable):

 

		(1)	solely to the extent such amounts were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, (A) provision for taxes based on
income or profits or capital, plus state, provincial, franchise, property or similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes and foreign
unreimbursed value added taxes, of such Person for such period (including, in each case, penalties and interest related to such
taxes or arising from tax examinations) deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income and (B) amounts paid to the Issuer
or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in respect of taxes in accordance with ‎Section 4.4(c)(18);
plus

 

		(2)	(A) total interest expense of such Person and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any net losses
on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, and (B) bank
fees and costs owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers acceptances and surety bonds, in each case under this clause (B),
in connection with financing activities and, in each case under clauses (A) and (B), to the extent the same were deducted
in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

		(3)	Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent such expenses were deducted
in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

		(4)	any (A) transaction expenses and (B)(I) reasonable fees, costs, expenses or charges incurred in connection with (x) any
issuance or offering of Equity Interests (including any initial public offering), Investment, acquisition (including any costs
incurred in connection with any acquisition or any other Investment permitted under the Indenture whether occurring before or after
the Issue Date), non-ordinary course disposition, recapitalization or the issuance, incurrence, redemption, exchange or repayment
of Indebtedness (including, with respect to Indebtedness, a refinancing thereof), including any costs and expenses relating to
any registration statement, or registered exchange offer, in respect of any Indebtedness permitted hereunder, (y) any amendment,
waiver, consent or modification to any documentation governing the terms of any transaction described in the immediately preceding
subclause (x) or (z) any amendment, waiver, consent or modification to any document governing any Indebtedness, in each
case under subclauses (x), (y) and (z), whether or not such transaction or amendment, waiver, consent or modification is successful
and (II) fees, costs, expenses and charges to the extent payable or reimbursable by third parties, pursuant to indemnification
provisions, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

		(5)	to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, any charges, losses or expenses related to signing, retention,
relocation, recruiting or completion bonuses or recruiting costs, severance costs, transition costs, curtailments or modifications
to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities), pre-opening, opening,
closing and consolidation costs and expenses with respect to any New Projects, facilities, facility start-up costs, costs and expenses
relating to implementation of operational and reporting systems and technology initiatives, costs incurred in connection with product
and intellectual property development and new systems design, project start-up costs, integration and systems establishment costs,
business optimization expenses or costs (including costs and expenses relating to intellectual property restructurings) and cash
restructuring charges, expenses and reserves and expenses attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives, costs
associated with tax projects/audits and costs consisting of professional consulting or other fees relating to any of the foregoing;
plus

 

    9

     

    

 

		(6)	accretion of asset retirement obligations; plus

 

		(7)	any other non-cash charges, expenses, losses or items, including any write offs or write downs, reducing such Consolidated
Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items
in any future period, (1) the Issuer may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (2) to
the extent the Issuer does decide to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall
be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior
period); plus

 

		(8)	the amount of any minority interest expense or non-controlling interest consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority
equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

		(9)	the amount of fees, out-of-pocket costs, indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to any Permitted Holder or
any of their Affiliates to the extent permitted under ‎Section 4.8
and deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

		(10)	the amount of any net loss from operations expected to be disposed of, abandoned or discontinued within twelve months after
the end of such period; plus

 

		(11)	the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to the Waste Industries
Transactions, any Specified Transactions, any restructurings, cost savings initiatives and other initiatives (without duplication
of any pro forma amounts added back in connection with a Specified Transaction or entry into an Municipal Waste Contract or Put-or-Pay
Agreement) projected by the Issuer in good faith to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken no
later than twenty-four (24) months after the end of such period (which “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions
and synergies shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions
and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined and realized during
the entirety of such period and each subsequent period through the period ending on the last day of the eighth fiscal quarter commencing
after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such pro forma adjustment was originally made, and without duplication of any pro
forma adjustment for any such subsequent period that would otherwise be permitted under this clause (11) with respect to the same
cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from
such actions; provided that such “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are reasonably
identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Issuer) (it being understood that pro forma adjustments
need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X); plus

 

    10

     

    

 

		(12)	to the extent reducing such Consolidated Net Income, any costs or expenses incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any
stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed
to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock),
in each case, solely to the extent that such cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted
Payments under ‎Section 4.4(b)(3) and
have not been used as an Excluded Contribution; plus

 

		(13)	the amount of any loss attributable to a New Project, until the date that is 12 months after the date of completing the construction,
acquisition, assembling or creation of such New Project, as the case may be; provided that (a) such losses are reasonably
identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of the Issuer and (b) losses attributable to
such New Project after 12 months from the date of completing such construction, acquisition, assembling or creation, as the case
may be, shall not be included in this clause (13); plus

 

		(14)	to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, Specified Legal Expenses in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million
for the applicable four quarter period; plus

 

		(15)	accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required
as a result of such acquisition in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies,
whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment, restatement or a retroactive application; plus

 

		(16)	without duplication, adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA”
or “Run-Rate EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 3 of “Summary— Summary Historical and As Adjusted
Financial Information” contained in the Offering Memorandum applied in good faith to the extent such adjustments continue
to be applicable during the period in which Consolidated EBITDA is being calculated; and

 

    11

     

    

 

(b) decreased by (without duplication, and as
determined in accordance with GAAP to the extent applicable) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person
for such period, excluding any gains that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges
in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated
EBITDA in accordance with this definition).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated,
including pro forma adjustments.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense”
means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP (excluding any accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness), plus, to
the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
(determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP), without duplication:

 

		(1)	the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs; plus

 

		(2)	the amortization of all fees (including, without limitation, fees with respect to Hedging Obligations) payable in connection
with the incurrence of Indebtedness; plus

 

		(3)	interest payable on Financing Lease Obligations; plus

 

		(4)	payments in the nature of interest pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus

 

		(5)	interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent such Indebtedness is guaranteed by, or secured by
a Lien on any asset of, the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the interest
component of any lease that is a Non-Financing Lease Obligation will not be included in Consolidated Interest Expense. For purposes
of this definition, interest on a Financing Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined
by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Financing Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such
period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

 

		(1)	any net after-tax extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, charges or expenses, transaction expenses, severance
costs and expenses and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded;

 

    12

     

    

 

		(2)	the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,
whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP;

 

		(3)	effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) in such Person’s
consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets,
deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting,
as the case may be, in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including
any write-off of in process research and development), net of taxes, shall be excluded;

 

		(4)	any net after-tax income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax
gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;

 

		(5)	any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset sales or other dispositions
or impairments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person, in each case, other than in the ordinary
course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded;

 

		(6)	the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted
for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s
equity in the Net Income of such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary up to the aggregate amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid
in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) by such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
in respect of such period;

 

		(7)	solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under ‎Section 4.4(b)(3),
the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent
the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the
date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly,
by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equity holders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment
of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased
by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash)
to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

 

    13

     

    

 

		(8)	(i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from obligations in respect of Hedging
Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises, CPA Handbook—Part II, Section 3856
or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized
in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations, (ii) any
net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency re-measurements of Indebtedness
(including the net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk) and all other foreign currency translation
gains or losses, and (iii) any net after-tax income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment or conversion
of (A) Indebtedness, (B) obligations under any Hedging Obligations or (C) other derivative instruments and all deferred
financing costs written off or amortized and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection therewith, shall be
excluded;

 

		(9)	any goodwill or impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs
related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or
regulation, in each case pursuant to GAAP, the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of Capitalized
Software Expenditures, shall be excluded;

 

		(10)	any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any
acquisition, Investment, acquisitions completed prior to the Issue Date or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition
of assets permitted under this Indenture or that are consummated prior to the Issue Date, to the extent actually reimbursed, or,
so long as the Issuer has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to
the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the
applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days), shall
be excluded;

 

		(11)	to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that a reasonable
basis exists that such amount will in fact be reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction in
the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses, charges
or losses with respect to liability or casualty events shall be excluded;

 

		(12)	any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation
or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded;

 

    14

     

    

 

		(13)	any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect
of any pension liabilities or other provisions or on the revaluation of any benefit plan obligation shall be excluded;

 

		(14)	proceeds from any business interruption insurance, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, shall be
included;

 

		(15)	the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount relating to such expense is received in cash by the Issuer and
the Restricted Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided such amount received
has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income, shall be excluded (it being understood that if the amounts received
in cash under any such agreement in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received
may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods);

 

		(16)	any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises, CPA Handbook—Part II,
Accounting Guideline 14, or any comparable regulation, shall be excluded; and

 

		(17)	earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments) incurred in
connection with any acquisition or other Investment, and any acquisitions completed prior to the Issue Date, shall be excluded.

 

“Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio”
means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1)(i)(x) the total consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) and (y) the Reserved
Indebtedness Amount with respect to commitments first obtained as of such date but not utilized as of such date (but only to the
extent such commitments are being obtained in reliance on a test based on such ratio and the Issuer has so elected to test such
ratios at such time) minus (ii) the sum of (x) cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
as of such date of calculation plus (y) any cash in a trust account of counsel to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
or counsel of a vendor in connection with the deposit of an amount on account of the purchase price for an acquisition or investment
and (2) Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the
Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Net Leverage
Ratio is made, then the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or redemption
of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter period. The Consolidated Net
Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, including any pro
forma adjustments to Indebtedness, cash and Cash Equivalents and Consolidated EBITDA as set forth therein (including for acquisitions).

 

    15

     

    

 

“continuing” means, with
respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

 

“Contribution Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than 200% of the aggregate
amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of the Issuer after the Issue Date and designated
as a Cash Contribution Amount.

 

“Corporate Trust Office”
means the office of the Trustee at which its corporate trust business relating to this Indenture shall be administered, which office
at the date hereof is located at 8742 Lucent Boulevard, Suite 225, Highlands Ranch, CO 80129, or such other address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time.

 

“Credit Agreements” means
the Revolving Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

 

“Credit Facilities” means
one or more credit or debt facilities (including, without limitation, under the Credit Agreements, the 3.750% 2025 Secured Notes,
the 4.250% 2025 Secured Notes and the 2026 Secured Notes), commercial paper facilities or Debt Issuances, in each case with banks,
investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds, other institutional lenders or institutional investors providing for, among
other things, revolving credit loans, term loans, term debt, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale
of receivables to such lenders, other financiers or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders or other financiers
against such receivables), letters of credit or letter of credit guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, other borrowings or Debt
Issuances, in each case, as amended, supplemented, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced
or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, from time to time, and any agreements and related documents governing Indebtedness
or obligations incurred to refinance amounts then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding, whether or not with the original
administrative agent, lenders, investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds, other institutional lenders or institutional
investors and whether provided under the original agreement, indenture or other documentation relating thereto.

 

“Crown” means Her Majesty
in right of Canada or a province of Canada, and Her other realms and territories.

 

“Currency Agreement”
means any financial arrangement entered into between a Person (or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and a counterparty on a case by
case basis in connection with a foreign exchange futures contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or currency exchange
or other similar currency related transactions, the purpose of which is to mitigate or eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in
exchange rates and currency values.

 

“Custodian” means any
receiver, receiver manager, trustee, assignee, liquidator, monitor, or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

    16

     

    

 

“DBRS” means DBRS Ltd.
or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Debt Issuances” means,
with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, one or more issuances after the Issue Date of Indebtedness
evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar securities or instruments.

 

“Default” means the occurrence
of any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default under this Indenture.

 

“Definitive Note” means
a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with ‎Section 2.6
hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and
shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Depositary” means Cede &
Co. and such other Person as is designated in writing by the Issuer and acceptable to the Trustee to act as depositary in respect
of one or more Global Notes.

 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration”
means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s
Certificate, setting forth such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of
such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

“Disqualified Stock”
means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible,
or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event,
matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder
of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, prior to the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Notes. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right
to require the issuer thereof to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will
not constitute Disqualified Stock if the provisions applicable to such Capital Stock either (i) are no more favorable to the
holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions contained in ‎Section 4.7
and ‎Section 4.11 and such Capital Stock
specifically provides that the issuer will not repurchase or redeem any of such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions prior
to the Issuer’s repurchase of such of the Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to the ‎Section 4.7
and ‎Section 4.11 or (ii) provide that
the issuer thereof may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption
is permitted by ‎Section 4.4.

 

“Equity Interests” means
Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible
into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“Equity Offering” means
any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer (or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer
to the extent the net proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer) or warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer after the Issue Date, other than any issuance pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise
in compensation to officers, directors or employees.

 

    17

     

    

 

“ERISA Legend” means
the legend set forth in ‎Section 2.6(f)(3),
which is required to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear
Bank S.A./N.V., or any successor securities clearance agency.

 

“Event of Default” means
each event described under ‎Section 6.1
and any other event defined as an “Event of Default” in this Indenture.

 

“Excluded Contributions”
means the Net Cash Proceeds and Cash Equivalents, or the Fair Market Value of other assets, received by the Issuer after the Issue
Date from:

 

		(1)	contributions to its common equity capital,

 

		(2)	dividends, distributions, fees and other payments from any Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures or Investments in entities
that are not Restricted Subsidiaries, and

 

		(3)	the sale of Capital Stock of the Issuer,

 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to
an Officer’s Certificate, or that are utilized to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause ‎(13)
of ‎Section 4.4(c). Excluded Contributions
will be excluded from the calculation set forth in clause ‎(3) of
‎Section 4.4(b) and clauses ‎‎(2),
‎(12) and ‎(13)
of ‎Section 4.4(c). Any Net Cash Proceeds
designated as an Excluded Contribution shall not be separately be treated by the Issuer as a Cash Contribution Amount.

 

“Existing Indebtedness”
means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (i) Indebtedness
represented by the Notes or the Note Guarantees and (ii) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements) in existence on the Issue
Date, until such Indebtedness is Repaid or otherwise extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

“Existing Notes” means
the 3.750% 2025 Secured Notes, the 4.250% 2025 Secured Notes, the 2026 Unsecured Notes, the 2026 Secured Notes and the 2027 Unsecured
Notes.

 

“Fair Market Value” means
the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to a willing seller that is not an Affiliate of the willing buyer in a transaction
not involving distress or necessity of either party; provided that, in the case of an Asset Sale where such value exceeds $15.0
million, such determination shall be made in good faith by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer.

 

    18

     

    

 

“FATCA” means (a) Sections
1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”) (including
regulations and guidance thereunder), (b) any successor version thereof, (c) any intergovernmental agreement or any agreement
entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or (d) any law, regulation, rule or other official
guidance or practice implementing the foregoing.

 

“Financing Lease” means
a lease of an asset providing the right of use of such asset, that has the economic characteristics of asset ownership, with a
term of not less than 75% of the asset’s useful life, the present value of lease payments thereunder must be not less than
90% of the asset’s market value at the time of entering into the lease and the lessee must acquire, or have the right to
acquire, ownership of the asset at the end of the lease term.

 

“Financing Lease Obligation”
means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a Financing Lease, provided that the amount of such obligations shall
be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings
Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”
means, for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Fixed Charges for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period.

 

For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio:

 

		(1)	in the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems,
defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is
made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or
such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if
the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period; provided, however, that the pro
forma calculation of Fixed Charges shall not give effect to (i) any Permitted Debt incurred on the Calculation Date (other
than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to ‎Section 4.3(b)(13))
or (ii) any repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness to the extent such repayment,
retirement, extinguishment, defeasance or other discharge results from the proceeds of such Permitted Debt referred to in clause
(i);

 

		(2)	(a) acquisitions and Investments that have been made, customer contracts that have been entered into, by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases
in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on
or prior to the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference
period, and (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such reference period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to (i) any
expense and cost reductions and other synergies related to such transaction referred to in clause (2)(a) above and (ii) any
other expense reductions and cost savings related to operational efficiencies, strategic initiatives or purchasing improvements
and other synergies (whether or not related to such transactions referred to in clause (2)(a) above), in each case that have
occurred prior to the Calculation Date or are reasonably expected to occur within 24 months of the Calculation Date, in the reasonable
judgment of the chief financial or accounting officer of the Issuer in good faith (regardless of whether those cost savings or
operating improvements could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated
under the 1933 Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto); provided that such net cost savings,
initiatives, improvements and synergies are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable;

 

    19

     

    

 

		(3)	the Consolidated EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
(and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

		(4)	the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
(and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the
obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
following the Calculation Date;

 

		(5)	any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all
times during such four-quarter period;

 

		(6)	any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary
at any time during such four-quarter period;

 

		(7)	if the Issuer so elects, pro forma effect shall be given to any entity, division, plant, unit or line of business or New Project
that commenced and completed at least one full fiscal quarter of operations during such reference period as if such entity, division,
plant, unit, line of business or New Project had commenced commercial operations on the first day of such reference period and
such pro forma calculation shall be based on the annualized results of commercial operations of such entity, plant, unit, division
or line of business since the date it so commenced commercial operations;

 

    20

     

    

 

		(8)	if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the
weighted average interest rate during such period had been the rate of interest in effect on the Calculation Date and had been
the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging
Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months or ends on the maturity date of such Indebtedness);
and

 

		(9)	when calculating the availability under any basket or ratio under this Indenture, in each case in connection with a Limited
Condition Acquisition or Investment, the Calculation Date of such basket or ratio and determination as to whether any Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing may, at the option of the Issuer (which election may be made on the date
of such acquisition), be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition or Investment are entered into
and, if the Issuer so elects, such baskets or ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited
Condition Acquisition or Investment and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence
of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period for purposes
of determining the ability to consummate any such Limited Condition Acquisition or Investment, and, for the avoidance of doubt,
(x) if any of such baskets or ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such basket or ratio (including due to fluctuations
in Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets of the Issuer or the target company) subsequent to such Calculation Date at or prior to
the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition or Investment, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have
been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations and (y) such baskets or ratios need not be tested at the time of consummation
of such Limited Condition Acquisition or Investment or related transactions; provided, however, that (a) if any ratios
improve or baskets increase as a result of such fluctuations, such improved ratios or baskets may be utilized and (b) if the
Issuer elects to have such Calculation Date and determination occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such
transactions (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) shall be deemed to have occurred on the
date the definitive agreements are entered into and outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any baskets or ratios under
this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or Investment
and unless and until such Limited Condition Acquisition has been abandoned, as determined by the Issuer, prior to the consummation
thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Issuer has exercised its option pursuant to the foregoing and any Default or Event
of Default occurs following the date on which the definitive acquisition agreements for the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition
were entered into and prior to or on the date of the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such Default or Event
of Default shall be deemed to not have occurred or be continuing for purposes of determining whether any action being taken in
connection with such Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted under the Indenture.

 

    21

     

    

 

“Fixed Charges” means,
for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

		(1)	the Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs or debt issuance costs which
have been paid) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus

 

		(2)	the amount of all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Issuer
(other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

“GAAP” means (1) International
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) or any accounting principles that are recognized as being generally accepted
in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”); provided, however, that if any such accounting principle with respect
to the accounting for leases (including Financing Lease Obligations) changes after the Issue Date, the Issuer may, at its option,
elect to employ such accounting principle as in effect on the Issue Date or (2) if elected by the Issuer by written notice
to the Trustee in connection with the delivery of financial statements and information, any accounting principles that are recognized
as being generally accepted in Canada which are in effect from time to time, in each case as in effect on the first date of the
period for which the Issuer is making such an election and thereafter as in effect from time to time.

 

“Global Notes” means
one or more Notes issued and outstanding and held by, or on behalf of, a Depositary.

 

“Global Notes Legend”
means the legend set forth in ‎Section 2.6(f)(2),
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

“Government Securities”
means securities that are:

 

		(1)	direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

		(2)	obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States, the timely
payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States,

 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the
option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of
the 1933 Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on
any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except
as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary
receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal
of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

    22

     

    

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee
other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any
manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

“Guarantor” means each
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that provided a Note Guarantee on the Issue Date and each other Restricted Subsidiary that
provides a Note Guarantee pursuant to ‎Section 4.9
or otherwise.

 

“Hedging Obligations”
means, with respect to any specified Person, all obligations of such Person under all Currency Agreements, all Interest Rate Agreements
and all Commodity Hedging Contracts, with the amount of such obligations being equal to the net amount payable if such obligations
were terminated at that time due to default by such Person (after giving effect to any contractually permitted set-off).

 

“Holder” means a Person
in whose name a Note is registered.

 

“Indebtedness” means
(without duplication), with respect to any specified Person, whether or not contingent:

 

		(A)	(1) all indebtedness of such Person in respect of borrowed money; (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit, letters of guarantee or tender checks (or reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof); (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of banker’s acceptances; (4) all Attributable
Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person; (5) all obligations of such Person representing
the balance deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (including Financing Lease Obligations, except any such balance
that constitutes (x) a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(y) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with
GAAP and (z) any purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or
other unperformed obligations of the seller or any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to
the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount
of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is
paid within 120 days thereafter), which purchase price is due more than 12 months after the date of placing the property in service
or taking delivery and title thereto; (6) all net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations; (7) all conditional
sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under title retention agreements, but excluding a title retention
agreement to the extent it constitutes an operating lease under GAAP; (8) all obligations of such Person under an agreement
or arrangement that in substance provides financing pursuant to the factoring of accounts receivable; (9) all preferred stock
issued by such Person, if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and is not a Guarantor; and (10) all Indebtedness
of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified
Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, a guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person;
to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

    23

     

    

 

		(B)	to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise,
on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business); and

 

		(C)	to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person
(whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the
lesser of: (1) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such asset at such date of determination
and (2) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness issued at
a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be the accreted value of the Indebtedness.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness of another
Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person shall be the lesser of:

 

		(a)	the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

		(b)	the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, “Indebtedness”
of any Person shall not include:

 

		(1)	trade payables and accrued liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary
practice;

 

		(2)	deferred tax obligations;

 

		(3)	minority interests;

 

		(4)	uncapitalized interest;

 

		(5)	in connection with a purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business or assets, any post-closing payment
adjustment to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such adjustment is determined by a final closing balance sheet
or such adjustment depends on the performance of such business or assets after the closing; provided, however, that, at
the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed
and determined, the amount is paid within 120 days thereafter;

 

    24

     

    

 

		(6)	pension fund obligations or rehabilitation obligations that are classified as “indebtedness” under GAAP but that
would not otherwise constitute Indebtedness under clauses (A)(1) through (A)(9) of this definition;

 

		(7)	the amortizing note portion of any TEU; and

 

		(8)	Non-Financing Lease Obligations, obligations under or in respect of straight-line leases, operating leases or Sale/Leaseback
Transactions (except any resulting Financing Lease Obligations).

 

“Indenture” means this
Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor”
means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is,
in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

“Indirect Participant”
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

“Initial Purchasers”
means Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., CIBC World Markets Corp., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Scotia Capital (USA)
Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Stifel, Nicolaus &
Company, Incorporated and TD Securities (USA) LLC.

 

“Interest Payment Date”
means February 1 and August 1 of each year that the Notes are outstanding, commencing (except in respect of any Additional
Notes) on August 1, 2021.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement”
means any financial arrangement entered into between a Person (or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and a counterparty on a case by
case basis in connection with interest rate swap transactions, interest rate options, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar
transactions and other similar interest rate protection related transactions, the purpose of which is to mitigate or eliminate
its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.

 

“Investment Grade” means
a rating equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or the equivalent) in the case of Moody’s, “BBB−”
(or the equivalent) in the case of S&P, “BBB-” (or the equivalent) in the case of Fitch, “BBB (low)”
(or the equivalent) in the case of DBRS, or any equivalent rating by any other Approved Rating Organization.

 

“Investments” means,
with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form
of:

 

		(1)	any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit to another Person;

 

		(2)	any capital contribution to another Person, by means of any transfer of cash or other property in any form;

 

    25

     

    

 

		(3)	any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, bonds, notes or other Indebtedness, or other instruments or securities, issued
by another Person, including the receipt of any of the above as consideration for the disposition of assets or rendering of services;

 

		(4)	any guarantee of any Indebtedness of another Person; and

 

		(5)	all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

provided that “Investments” with respect
to any Person shall exclude extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business on commercially reasonable terms in accordance
with the normal trade practices of such Person.

 

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect
to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Person making such sale or other disposition
will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s
Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of. The acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary
in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person.
If the Issuer designates any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with ‎Section 4.10,
the Issuer will be deemed to have made an Investment in such Subsidiary on the date of such designation equal to the Fair Market
Value of such Person. In each of the foregoing cases, the amount of the Investment will be determined as provided in the penultimate
paragraph of ‎Section 4.4. Except as otherwise
provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

“Investor” means (i) each
of (a) BC Partners Advisors L.P. and its Affiliates (including BC European Capital X LP and the other funds, partnerships
or other vehicles managed, advised or controlled thereby, together with any entity (directly or indirectly) wholly owned by any
such fund, partnership or vehicle, but not including, however, any portfolio operating company of the foregoing), (b) Ontario
Teachers’ Pension Plan Board and its Affiliates (including the funds, partnerships or other vehicles managed, advised or
controlled thereby, together with any entity (directly or indirectly) wholly owned by any such fund, partnership or vehicle, but
not including, however, any portfolio operating company of the foregoing), (c) Magny Cours Investment Pte. Ltd. and its Affiliates
(including the funds, partnerships or other vehicles managed, advised or controlled thereby, together with any entity (directly
or indirectly) wholly owned by any such fund, partnership or vehicle, but not including, however, any portfolio operating company
of the foregoing) and (d) Patrick Dovigi and his Affiliates and (ii) any successor of any Person identified in clause
(i). For purposes of this definition, a Person (first person) is considered to control another Person (second person) if: (a) the
first person beneficially owns or directly or indirectly exercises control or direction over securities of the second person carrying
votes which, if exercised, would entitle the first person to elect a majority of the directors of the second person, unless that
first person holds the voting securities only to secure an obligation; (b) the second person is a partnership, other than
a limited partnership, and the first person holds more than 50% of the interests of the partnership; or (c) the second person
is a limited partnership and the general partner of the limited partnership is the first person.

 

    26

     

    

 

“Issue Date” means November 23,
2020.

 

“Issuer” means GFL Environmental
Inc. (and not any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person.

 

“Issuer Order” means
a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by one Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage,
lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement; provided that in no event shall Non-Financing Lease Obligations be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

“Limited Condition Acquisition”
means any acquisition or Investment, including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Issuer or one or more of
its Restricted Subsidiaries whose consummation is not conditional upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

 

“Market Capitalization”
means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Equity Interests of the Issuer or
any parent entity on a Business Day not more than five Business Days prior to the date of the declaration or making of a Restricted
Payment permitted pursuant to ‎Section 4.4(c)(12)
multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Equity Interests on the principal securities
exchange on which such common Equity Interests are traded for the 30 consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of
declaration of such Restricted Payment.

 

“Material Restricted Subsidiary”
means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (a) whose proportionate share of the Total Assets (after intercompany eliminations)
exceeds 5.0% as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal annual or quarterly financial statements
are available, or (b) which contributed in excess of 5.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed four fiscal
quarters for which internal annual or quarterly financial statements are available.

 

“Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Municipal Waste Contract”
means any contract or franchise agreement with a municipality for waste management services, including collection, hauling, disposal
and/or processing services, or any local ordinance granting an exclusive waste management services franchise, including collection,
hauling disposal and/or processing services.

 

    27

     

    

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means,
with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees,
accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage,
consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable
as a result of such issuance or sale.

 

“Net Income” means, with
respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Net Proceeds” means,
with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds therefrom in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in respect of
deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, or stock or other assets when disposed of for
cash or Cash Equivalents, received by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of:

 

		(1)	all legal, title, engineering and environmental fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel, advisors,
accountants, consultants and investment banks, sales commissions and relocation expenses) related to such Asset Sale;

 

		(2)	provisions for all cash taxes payable or required to be accrued in accordance with GAAP as a result of such Asset Sale;

 

		(3)	payments applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness where payment of such Indebtedness
is secured by a Lien on the assets or properties that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

 

		(4)	amounts required to be paid to any Person owning a beneficial interest in the assets or properties that are subject to the
Asset Sale; and

 

		(5)	appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required in
accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the seller after such Asset Sale,
including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under
any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale;

 

provided that cash and/or Cash Equivalents in which the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an individual beneficial ownership shall not be deemed to be received by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary until such time as such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are free from any restrictions under agreements with
the other beneficial owners of such cash and/or Cash Equivalents which prevent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from applying
such cash and/or Cash Equivalents to any use permitted by ‎Section 4.7
or to purchase Notes.

 

“New Project” means (x) each
plant, facility, branch, office, transfer station, landfill, convenience site which is either a new plant, facility, branch, office,
transfer station, landfill, convenience site or an expansion, relocation, remodeling, refurbishment or substantial modernization
of an existing plant, facility, branch, office, transfer station, landfill, convenience site owned by the Issuer or the Restricted
Subsidiaries which in fact commences operations and (y) each creation (in one or a series of related transactions) of a, business
unit, product line, line of operations or service offering to the extent such business unit, product line, line of operations or
service offering is offered or each expansion (in one or series of related transactions) of business into a new market or service
or through a new distribution method or channel.

 

    28

     

    

 

“Notes Custodian” means
the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary) or any successor Person, and shall initially be Computershare
Trust Company, N.A.

 

“Non-Financing Lease”
means any lease determined in accordance with GAAP other than (i) a Financing Lease and (ii) a lease that in accordance
with GAAP is an exempt or excluded lease.

 

“Non-Financing Lease Obligation”
means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a Non-Financing Lease.

 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means
Indebtedness:

 

		(1)	as to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including
any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor
or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and

 

		(2)	no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action
against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other
than the Notes) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the
payment of such Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.

 

“Note Guarantee” means
any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions
of this Indenture.

 

“Notes” means notes issued
under this Indenture. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this
Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase (except that if the Additional Notes are not fungible
with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number), and unless
otherwise provided or the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional
Notes.

 

“Offering Memorandum”
means the offering memorandum, dated November 16, 2020, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

“Officer” means any of
the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, Executive Vice President,
Senior Vice President, the principal accounting officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, any Executive Vice President,
Senior Vice President or any Vice President of the Issuer.

 

    29

     

    

 

“Officer’s Certificate”
means a certificate signed by any Officer, or the Corporate Secretary, of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion of Counsel”
means a written opinion from legal counsel that complies with Sections ‎12.3
and ‎12.4 of this Indenture and is delivered
to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, and such counsel shall be acceptable to the Trustee.
Any such opinion may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions.

 

“Participant” means,
with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream,
respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”
means: (a) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes;
and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, its Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment
to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.

 

“Permitted Assets” means
any and all properties or assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business (including Capital Stock in a Person that is a
Restricted Subsidiary and Capital Stock in a Person whose primary business is a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted
Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or by a Restricted Subsidiary, but excluding any
other securities).

 

“Permitted Business”
means any business conducted (as described in the Offering Memorandum) by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue
Date, and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto or that are a reasonable extension or development thereof.

 

“Permitted Holder” means:

 

		(1)	each of the Investors and members of management of the Issuer who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer on the Issue
Date;

 

		(2)	any Group (as defined in the definition of Change of Control) of which any of the foregoing are members;

 

		(3)	any member of any such Group; and

 

		(4)	any other Person or Group; provided that in the case of this clause (4): (a) Patrick Dovigi and his Affiliates, BC Partners
Advisors L.P., Ontario Teachers’ Pension Plan Board, GIC Private Ltd. and the members of management of the Issuer who were
holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer on the Issue Date continue to hold in the aggregate not less than 40% of the Voting Stock
of the Issuer, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; and (b) such Person or Group and the Persons described
in the foregoing subclause (a) are party to a shareholders’ agreement in respect of their respective Equity Interests
of the Issuer.

 

    30

     

    

 

“Permitted Investments”
means, without duplication:

 

		(1)	any Investment in the Issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

		(2)	any Investment in cash
or Cash Equivalents;

 

		(3)	any Investment in a Person or division or line of business of a Person, if as a result of, or concurrently with, such Investment:

 

		(a)	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or a division or line of business is owned by a Restricted Subsidiary), or

 

		(b)	such Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers
or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

		(4)	any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in
compliance with ‎Section 4.7;

 

		(5)	any acquisition of assets or other Investments in a Person solely in exchange for the issuance of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Issuer;

 

		(6)	Investments resulting from repurchases of the Notes or the Existing Notes;

 

		(7)	any Investments received in compromise of (a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary
course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of
any trade creditor or customer or (b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes;

 

		(8)	Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

		(9)	Investments (a) existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or (b) that are
an extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments described under the preceding clause (a), but only to the extent
not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof, except
as otherwise permitted under this Indenture, and Investments made with the proceeds, including, without limitation, from sales
or other dispositions, of such Investments and any other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9);

 

		(10)	guarantees issued in accordance with ‎Section 4.3;

 

		(11)	guarantees of performance or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

    31

     

    

 

		(12)	Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(13)	accounts receivable, security deposits and prepayments and other credits granted or made in the ordinary course of business
and any Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and others,
including in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments
against, such account debtors and others, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(14)	advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade
terms of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

		(15)	guarantees of operating leases (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Financing Lease Obligations) or of other obligations
that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case, entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course
of business;

 

		(16)	intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business
in connection with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries;

 

		(17)	Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client and customer
contracts and loans or advances made to, and guarantees with respect to obligations of, distributors, suppliers, licensors and
licensees in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(18)	loans or advances made to officers, directors or employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that
the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under this clause (18) shall not exceed the greater of $10 million and 1.0%
of Total Assets as of any date of incurrence (after giving effect to such Investment);

 

		(19)	Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated
with the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a transaction that is not prohibited by ‎Section 5.1
after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation
or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

		(20)	Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in (i) joint ventures and (ii) Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned, in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (20), not to exceed the greater
of $60 million and 2.0% of Total Assets determined at the time of such Investment (after giving effect to such Investment);

 

    32

     

    

 

		(21)	other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(21) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) $175 million and (ii) 6.0% of Total Assets as
of any date of incurrence (after giving effect to such Investment);

 

		(22)	Investments in a Similar Business not to exceed the greater of (i) $175 million and (ii) 6.0% of Total Assets as
of any date of incurrence (after giving effect to such Investment); and

 

		(23)	Investments in an unlimited amount so long as on the earlier of the date on which the Investment is made and the date on which
the definitive agreement governing the relevant Investment containing a legally binding commitment to make such Investment is made,
immediately after giving effect thereto and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, the Issuer
shall be in compliance with a Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of equal to or less than 5.50:1.00 (after giving effect to such Investment)
as of the last day of the most recently ended four quarters for which internal financial information is available preceding such
Investment.

 

“Permitted Liens” means,
as of any date:

 

		(1)	Liens securing (i) Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to ‎Section 4.3(b)(1) (measured
at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness and giving effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom) and any other
obligations related thereto, (ii) the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness such that, as of the date any such Indebtedness
was incurred (after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom), the Secured
Net Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not exceed 5.50 to 1.00, and (iii) Cash Management
Obligations incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(2)	Liens in favor of the Issuer of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

		(3)	Liens on property, assets or shares of stock of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or amalgamated or
merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were in existence
prior to, and were not created in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation and do not extend to
any assets other than those of the Person acquired by or amalgamated or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or the Restricted
Subsidiary (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition
or property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition);

 

    33

     

    

 

		(4)	Liens securing Hedging Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

		(5)	Liens for any judgment rendered, or claim filed, against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and that does not constitute an Event of Default if during such contestation a stay of enforcement
of such judgment or claim is in effect;

 

		(6)	Liens on property, assets or shares of stock existing at the time of acquisition of such property by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that (A) such Liens do not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition or property
of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition) and were in existence
prior to, and were not created in contemplation of, such acquisition (other than Liens to secure Indebtedness pursuant to ‎Section 4.3(b)(2))
or (B) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio would be no greater than either (i) 5.50 to 1.00 or (ii) the Secured Net Leverage
Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

		(7)	Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of or otherwise in connection with statutory obligations, environmental
reclamation obligations, bids, leases, government contracts, surety or appeal bonds, performance or return-of-money bonds or other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit, performance bonds and other
reimbursement obligations permitted by ‎Section 4.3(b)(2);

 

		(8)	Liens securing Indebtedness (including Financing Lease Obligations) permitted by ‎Section 4.3(b)(4) covering
the assets acquired, developed or improved with such Indebtedness;

 

		(9)	Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by ‎Section 4.3(b)(14),
‎Section 4.3(b)(15) and ‎Section 4.3(b)(17);

 

		(10)	Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens described in clause (1) above);

 

		(11)	Liens for taxes, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, assessments or other
governmental charges or claims that are not yet due and payable or, if due and payable and delinquent for a period of more than
30 days, that are being contested by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted
and diligently conducted; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been
made therefor;

 

		(12)	licenses, permits, reservations, covenants, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements (including,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in respect of sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas, steam and water mains
or electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph conduits, poles, wires and cables) and zoning, land use and building restrictions,
by-laws, regulations and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental authorities;

 

    34

     

    

 

		(13)	Liens imposed by law that are incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money,
such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, employees’, laborers’,
employers’, suppliers’, banks’, builders’, repairmen’s and other like Liens;

 

		(14)	easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges, restrictions or encumbrances in respect of real property
or immaterial imperfections of title that do not, in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

		(15)	Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness that was secured by Permitted Liens; provided
that such Liens secure only the same property (including any after-acquired property to the extent it would have been subject to
the original Lien, plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof) as such Permitted Liens;

 

		(16)	Liens given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental or other public authority when required by such utility
or other authority in connection with the operation of the business or the ownership of the assets of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

		(17)	Liens arising from precautionary Personal Property Security Act in effect in a Canadian jurisdiction or Uniform Commercial
Code (or its equivalent) financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(18)	applicable municipal and other governmental restrictions, including municipal by laws and regulations, affecting the use of
land or the nature of any structures which may be erected thereon; provided such restrictions have been complied with;

 

		(19)	subdivision agreements, site plan control agreements, servicing agreements, development agreements, facilities sharing agreements,
cost sharing agreements and other similar agreements provided they do not materially impair the use of the affected property for
the purpose for which it is used by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or materially impair the value
of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person and provided the same are
complied with;

 

		(20)	landlord distraint rights and similar rights arising under the leasehold interests of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
limited to the assets located at or about such leased properties;

 

    35

     

    

 

		(21)	title defects, encroachments or irregularities which are of a minor nature;

 

		(22)	the reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed in any original grant from the Crown of any real
property or any interest therein or in any comparable grant in jurisdictions other than Canada;

 

		(23)	Liens in favor of customs, revenue, and taxation authorities arising by operation of law;

 

		(24)	leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, occupancy agreements or assignments of or in respect of real or personal property;

 

		(25)	Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s
or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

 

		(26)	(a) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with
any letter of intent or other agreement in respect of any Permitted Investment and (b) Liens on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents
in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in a Permitted Investment to be applied against the purchase price for such
Investment;

 

		(27)	Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

		(28)	other Liens securing related obligations in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $240.0
million and (ii) 60.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters for which internal annual
or quarterly financial statements are available calculated in a manner consistent with any pro forma adjustments to Consolidated
EBITDA set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio; and

 

		(29)	Liens in favor of landlords securing obligations under real property leases, provided that such liens only attach to the movable
property located on the premises subject to such real property leases and that such premises are located in the Province of Quebec.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with
this definition, (A) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in this
definition but is permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption, (B) in
the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens, the Issuer
will, in its sole discretion, be entitled to divide, classify or reclassify, in whole or in part, any such Lien (or any portion
thereof) among one or more such categories or clauses in any manner that complies with this definition and (C) in the event
that a portion of Indebtedness secured by a Lien could be classified as secured in part pursuant to clause (1)(ii) above (giving
pro forma effect only to the incurrence of such portion of such Indebtedness), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify
such portion of such Indebtedness (and any obligations in respect thereof) as having been secured pursuant to clause (1)(ii) above
and thereafter the remainder of the Indebtedness as having been secured pursuant to one or more of the other clauses of this definition.

 

    36

     

    

 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, discharge or refund other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

		(1)	the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or, if greater, committed amount (only to the extent the committed amount could have
been incurred on the date of initial incurrence and was deemed incurred at such time for the purposes of ‎Section 4.3)
of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded (plus all accrued interest on the
Indebtedness and the amount of all fees, defeasance costs, expenses and premiums (including tender premiums) incurred in connection
therewith);

 

		(2)	the Stated Maturity of the principal of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is (i) no earlier than the Stated Maturity
of the principal of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded, or (ii) at
least 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the principal of the Notes;

 

		(3)	the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, deferred, discharged or refunded;

 

		(4)	if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded is Subordinated Indebtedness
of the obligor thereon, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes issued by, or
the Note Guarantee of, the obligor thereon, as the case may be, on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders
of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased,
discharged or refunded;

 

		(5)	if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is secured, the Lien does not apply to any property or assets of the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than such property or assets securing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded (including any after-acquired property to the extent it would have been subject to the
original Lien, plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and

 

		(6)	such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred by the Person that was the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded and is guaranteed only by Persons who were obligors on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, discharged or refunded.

 

    37

     

    

 

“Person” means any individual,
corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability
company or government, government body or agency or other entity.

 

“Private Placement Legend”
means the legend set forth in ‎Section 2.6(f)(1) to
be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Purchase Money Obligations”
means Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price, or the cost of installation, construction or improvement, of Permitted Assets.

 

“Put-or-Pay Agreement”
means, with respect to the Issuer, any put-or-pay volume contract, entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with
a counterparty, pursuant to which the counterparty retains the Issuer or the Issuer retains the counterparty, to provide waste
management services including collection, hauling, disposal or processing services and guarantees a minimum tonnage for such services
or payment in lieu of such services.

 

“QIB” means any “qualified
institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A).

 

“Record Date” means the
date specified for determining holders entitled to receive interest on the Notes on any Interest Payment Date.

 

“Redemption Date,” when
used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Redemption Price,” when
used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Regulation S” means
Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

“Regulation S Global Note”
means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement
Legend and (unless such legend is no longer required by the provisions of this Indenture) the Canadian Legend, that has the “Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of, and registered
in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
initially sold in reliance on Regulation S.

 

“Repay” means, in respect
of any Indebtedness, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise retire such Indebtedness. “Repayment”
and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Resale Restriction Termination
Date” means (i) in the case of Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A, the date that is one year after
the later of the Issue Date (or the date of original issue of any Additional Notes) and the last date on which the Issuer or any
Affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor Notes) or (ii) in the case of Notes initially sold
in reliance on Regulation S, 40 days after the later of the Issue Date (or the date of original issue of any Additional Notes)
and the date on which Notes (or any predecessor Notes) were first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Rule 902
of Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S.

 

    38

     

    

 

“Restricted Definitive Note”
means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted Global Note”
means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend (including the Regulation S Global Note).

 

“Restricted Investment”
means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Note” means
either a Restricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Global Note.

 

“Restricted Period” means
the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary”
of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture,
a reference to a Restricted Subsidiary shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

“Revolving Credit Agreement”
means the credit agreement in effect on the Issue Date among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders
from time to time party thereto, and Bank of Montreal, as agent, including any related notes, debentures, pledges, guarantees,
security documents, instruments and agreements executed from time to time in connection therewith, and in each case as amended,
supplemented, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole
or in part, from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring
or adding the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries as replacement or additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, and all or any
portion of the Indebtedness and other obligations under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement
or any agreements, and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. For greater certainty, it is acknowledged
that Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Hedging Contracts entered into with a Person that at that time
is a lender (or an Affiliate thereof) under the Revolving Credit Agreement are separate from, are not included within and do not
form part of any above inclusions of, the Revolving Credit Agreement.

 

“Rule 144” means
Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means
Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

“Rule 904” means
Rule 904 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

 

    39

     

    

 

 

 

“S&P” means Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof.

 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction”
means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired
by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between or among the Issuer and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

“Secured Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

 

“Secured Net Leverage Ratio”
means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Person, the ratio of (1)(i)(x) Secured Indebtedness of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) and
(y) the Reserved Indebtedness Amount applicable at such time to the calculation of the Secured Net Leverage Ratio with respect
to commitments first obtained as of such date but not utilized as of such date (but only to the extent such commitments are being
obtained in reliance on a test based on such ratio and the Issuer has so elected to test such ratios at such time) minus (ii) the
sum of (x) cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation plus (y) any
cash in a trust account of counsel to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or counsel of a vendor in connection with
the deposit of an amount on account of the purchase price for an acquisition or investment and (2) Consolidated EBITDA of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to
the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available.
In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs or redeems any Secured Indebtedness subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Secured Net Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation
of the Secured Net Leverage Ratio is made, then the Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter period;
provided, however, that the pro forma calculation of Secured Indebtedness shall not give effect to (i) any Secured
Indebtedness incurred on the Calculation Date (other than Secured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1)(i)(y) of ‎Section 4.3(b) or
clause (1)(ii) of the definition of Permitted Liens) or (ii) any repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
discharge of Indebtedness to the extent such repayment, retirement, extinguishment, defeasance or other discharge results from
the proceeds of such Secured Indebtedness referred to in clause (i). The Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in a manner
consistent with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, including any pro forma adjustments to Secured Indebtedness and
Consolidated EBITDA as set forth therein (including for acquisitions).

 

“Significant Subsidiary”
means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of
Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision).

 

“Similar Business” means
any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business
that is similar, reasonably related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development
or expansion thereof.

 

    40

     

    

 

“Specified Legal Expenses”
means, to the extent not constituting an extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual loss, charge or expense, all attorneys’
and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs, liabilities (including all damages, penalties, fines and indemnification
and settlement payments) and expenses paid or payable in connection with any threatened, pending, completed or future claim, demand,
action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative, governmental or investigative).

 

“Specified Transaction”
means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition, any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be
a Subsidiary of the Issuer or constitutes a disposition of a line of business or division that has an identifiable earnings stream,
any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person
or any disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, whether
by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, or any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, any Restricted Payment, any
New Project or other event (other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary
course of business for working capital purposes), that by the terms of the Indenture requires Consolidated EBITDA, Total Assets
or a financial ratio or test to be calculated on a pro forma basis or after giving pro forma effect.

 

“Stated Maturity” means,
with respect to any instalment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest
or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture), and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem
or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee issued
by the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any specified Person:

 

		(1)	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital
Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person
or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

		(2)	any partnership or limited liability company if (i) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total
equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, thereof are owned or controlled, directly
or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof), whether in the
form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (ii) the specified Person, or any
Subsidiary of the specified Person, is a controlling general partner of, or otherwise controls, such entity.

 

    41

     

    

 

“Tax Act” means the Income
Tax Act (Canada).

 

“Taxes” means any present
or future tax, levy, impost, assessment or other government charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related
thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Taxing Authority.

 

“Taxing Authority” means
any government or any political subdivision or territory or possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or
thereof having power to tax.

 

“Term Loan Credit Agreement”
means the credit agreement in effect on the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders
from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as agent, including any related notes, debentures, pledges, guarantees,
security documents, instruments and agreements executed from time to time in connection therewith, and in each case as amended,
supplemented, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole
or in part, from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring
or adding the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries as replacement or additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, and all or any
portion of the Indebtedness and other obligations under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement
or any agreements, and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders. For greater certainty, it is acknowledged
that Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements and Commodity Hedging Contracts entered into with a Person that at that time
is a lender (or an Affiliate thereof) under the Term Loan Credit Agreement are separate from, are not included within and do not
form part of any above inclusions of, the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

 

“TEU” means (1) the
tangible equity units issued by the Issuer on March 5, 2020, each of which are comprised of: (a) a prepaid stock purchase
contract; and (b) a senior unsecured amortizing note; and (2) tangible equity units issued by the Issuer, from time to
time, on substantially similar terms as the tangible equity units referenced in (1), provided that the aggregate dollar value (determined
at the time of issuance) of all outstanding tangible equity units referenced in items (1) and (2) does not exceed, at
any time, US$775.0 million.

 

“Total Assets” means,
as of any date of determination, the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries without giving effect to any impairment
or amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP, as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended
for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered pursuant to ‎Section 4.2(a)(1) and
(a)‎(2) calculated on a pro forma basis.

 

    42

     

    

 

“Treasury Rate” means,
as of the applicable redemption date, as determined by the Issuer, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of U.S. Treasury
securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519)
that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is
no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption
date to August 1, 2023; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to August 1, 2023,
as applicable, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trustee” means the Person
named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become
such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include
each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

 

“Trust Indenture Act”
or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect from time to time.

 

“Trust Officer” means,
when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president,
assistant vice president, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those
performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred
because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility
for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“U.S.” means the United
States of America.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code”
means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State
of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction,
to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of collateral.

 

“Unrestricted Definitive Note”
means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Unrestricted Global Note”
means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend
and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with
or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement
Legend.

 

“Unrestricted Note” means
either an Unrestricted Definitive Note or an Unrestricted Global Note.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary”
means any Restricted Subsidiary (including a newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) of the Issuer that is designated by the
Board of Directors of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to ‎Section 4.10,
and includes any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

    43

     

    

 

“U.S. Person” means any
U.S. person as defined for purposes of Regulation S.

 

“Voting Stock” of any
Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board
of Directors of such Person.

 

“Waste Industries Transactions”
means the acquisition by GFL of Wrangler Super Holdco Corp. (as the indirect parent of Waste Industries USA, LLC and its subsidiaries)
pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 9, 2018, by and among Wrangler Super Holdco Corp.,
GFL Environmental Holdings Inc., Betty Merger Sub Inc., the Issuer, solely for purposes of Article X thereof, and Wrangler
Aggregator Holdings, L.P., solely in its capacity as the securityholder representative, and the related financing transactions
in connection therewith that were consummated on November 14, 2018.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity”
means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

		(1)	the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial
maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

		(2)	the then-outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”
of the Issuer means any Restricted Subsidiary of which all of the outstanding Voting Stock (other than directors’ qualifying
shares or shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) is owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer
or any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 1.2.             Other
Definitions.

 

	“Act”	‎Section 12.16(a)
	 
	“Acceptable Commitment”‎	Section 4.7(b)(5)
	 
	“Accounting Change” ‎	Section 1.3(2)
	 
	“Acquired Indebtedness”‎	Section 4.3(c)(4)
	 
	“Additional Amounts”	‎Section 4.21(a)
	 
	“Affiliate Transaction”‎‎	Section 4.8(a)
	 
	“Agreement Currency”	‎Section 12.17(a)
	 
	“Asset Sale Offer”‎	Section 4.7(c)

 

    44

     

    

 

	“Asset Sale Payment Date”‎	Section 4.7(d)
	 
	“Authenticating Agent”	‎Section 2.2
	 
	“Authorized Agent”‎	Section 12.7(c)
	 
	“Calculation Date”	‎Section 1.1
	 
	“Canadian Legend”‎	Section 2.6(f)(4)
	 
	“Change of Control Offer”‎	Section 4.11(a)
	 
	“Change of Control Payment”‎	Section 4.11(a)
	 
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	Section 4.11(a)
	 
	“Code”‎	Section 1.1
	 
	“covenant defeasance option”	Section 8.1(b)
	 
	“Defaulted Interest”	Section 2.11
	 
	“EDGAR”‎	Section 4.2(c)
	 
	“Excess Proceeds”‎	Section 4.7(c)
	 
	“Financial Reports”‎	Section 4.2
	 
	“IFRS”	‎Section 1.1
	 
	“incur”	Section 4.3(a)
	 
	“Initial Notes”	Preamble
	 
	“Judgment Currency”‎	Section 12.7(a)
	 
	“legal defeasance option”‎	Section 8.1(b)
	 
	“Legal Holiday”	‎Section 12.6
	 
	“Obligations”	‎Section 10.1
	 
	“Paying Agent”	Section 2.3
	 
	“Payment Default”	Section 6.1(4)
	 
	“Payor”‎	Section 4.21(a)
	 
	“Permitted Debt”‎	Section 4.3(b)

 

    45

     

    

 

	“Registrar”	Section 2.3
	 
	“Reinstatement Date”‎	Section 4.20(c)
	 
	“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”	Section 4.21(a)
	 
	“Restricted Payment”‎	Section 4.4(a)(4)
	 
	“Retained Declined Proceeds”	‎Section 4.7(g)
	 
	“Second Commitment”‎	Section 4.7(b)(5)
	 
	“SEDAR”	‎Section 4.2(c)
	 
	“Suspended Covenants”‎	Section 4.20(a)
	 
	“Suspension Period”‎	Section 4.20(a)
	 
	“Tax Group”	Section 4.4(c)(18)(H)

 

Section 1.3.            Rules of
Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)            a
term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)            any
accounting term used in this Indenture, unless otherwise defined therein, has the meaning assigned to it under GAAP applied consistently
throughout the relevant period and relevant prior periods. If there occurs a change in generally accepted accounting principles,
and such change would require disclosure under GAAP in the financial statements of the Issuer and would cause a change in the method
of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms as determined in good faith by the Issuer (an “Accounting Change”),
then the Issuer may elect, as evidenced by a written notice of the Issuer to the Trustee, that such financial covenants, standards
or terms shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had not occurred. Any such election with respect to such Accounting Change
may not thereafter be changed;

 

(3)            “or”
is not exclusive;

 

(4)            “including”
means including without limitation;

 

(5)            words
in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(6)            unless
otherwise indicated, all references to “Articles” or “Sections” are to Articles or Sections, as the case
may be, of this Indenture;

 

(7)            references
to sections of or rules or regulations under any legislation (including the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or Canadian Securities
Legislation) shall be deemed to include any substitute, replacement or successor section, rule, regulation or instrument, as applicable,
issued, adopted or promulgated by the SEC, the applicable Canadian securities commission or securities regulatory authority or
any other applicable governmental authority from time to time;

 

    46

     

    

 

(8)            “herein,”
 “hereof’ and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole (as amended or supplemented from time
to time) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

 

(9)            all
references to “US$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “$” are to Canadian dollars. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Notes shall at all times be denominated, and principal and interest shall be payable only in U.S. dollars.

 

Article II

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.1.             Form and
Dating.

 

(a)            General.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage (but which shall not affect
the rights, duties, obligations or immunities of the Trustee without the consent of the Trustee). Each Note shall be dated the
date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess
thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture
and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms
and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions
of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture (to the extent permitted by law) shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)            Global
Notes. The Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including
the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). The
Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global
Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each
Global Note shall represent the amount of outstanding Notes specified therein, and each Global Note shall provide that it shall
represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian of the Issuer, at the direction
of the Trustee, in accordance with the instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by ‎‎Section 2.6
hereof.

 

    47

     

    

 

(c)            Regulation
S Global Notes. Any Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of a Regulation
S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian,
and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on
behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Prior
to the expiration of the Restricted Period, any resale or transfer of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note to U.S.
Persons shall not be permitted unless such resale or transfer is made pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S.

 

(d)            144A
Global Notes. Any Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a 144A Global
Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian, and registered
in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided.

 

(e)            Definitive
Notes. Notwithstanding any other provision of this ‎Section 2.1,
any issuance of Definitive Notes shall be at the Issuer’s discretion, except in the circumstances set forth in ‎Section 2.6(a) hereof.

 

Section 2.2.            Execution
and Authentication.

 

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the
Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronically transmitted signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note
no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized
signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that
such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver:
(i) Initial Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of US$500,000,000 on the Issue Date, and (ii) if
and when issued, Additional Notes (which may be issued in either a registered or a private offering under the 1933 Act), in each
case upon an Issuer Order. Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the
original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be in global or definitive form and whether they are
to bear the Private Placement Legend or the Canadian Legend. The Issuer may issue Additional Notes under this Indenture subsequent
to the Issue Date, subject to ‎Section 4.3 of this
Indenture. For the avoidance of any doubt, any Additional Notes that are issued hereunder, and in connection therewith the Issuer
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel each stating that such issuance of Additional Notes
is authorized and permitted under this Indenture, shall be valid for all purposes and constitute Additional Notes hereunder, even
if subsequently it is determined that such issuance was not in compliance with the covenants of this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating
Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment,
any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication
by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.

 

    48

     

    

 

Section 2.3.            Registrar
and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer shall at all times maintain in
the continental U.S. an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”),
and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep
a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent”
includes any such additional paying agent. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such co-registrar or
additional paying agents and of any change in the name or address of any such Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent, subject to the provisions of this ‎Section 2.3
and ‎Section 4.14. Any Paying Agent or Registrar
may resign as such upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; upon resignation of any Paying Agent
or Registrar, the Issuer shall appoint a successor Paying Agent or Registrar, as the case may be, complying with the requirements
of this ‎Section 2.3, no later than 30 days
thereafter and shall provide notice to the Trustee of such successor Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

If at any time there shall be Notes outstanding
that are not Global Notes and there shall be no Paying Agent with an office or agency in the City of New York, State of New York
(or as such office may be moved from time to time to any other location within the contiguous U.S.), where the Notes may be presented
or surrendered for payment, the Issuer shall forthwith designate such a Paying Agent in order that such Notes shall at all times
be payable in the City of New York, the State of New York (or as such office may be moved from time to time to any other location
within the contiguous U.S.).

 

The Issuer initially appoints Computershare
Trust Company, N.A., as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The immunities, protections and exculpations available to the
Trustee under this Indenture shall also be available to each Agent, and the Issuer’s obligations under ‎Section 7.6
to compensate and indemnify the Trustee shall extend likewise to each Agent.

 

Section 2.4.             Paying
Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

By at least 11:00 a.m. (New York City
time) on the date on which any principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall deposit
with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest when
due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold
in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest (if any) on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If
the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate
trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee
and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this ‎Section 2.4,
the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

 

    49

     

    

 

Section 2.5.             Holder
Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current
a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee
is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven (7) Business Days before each Interest
Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee
may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

Section 2.6.            Transfer
and Exchange.

 

(a)            Transfer
and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as set forth herein, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary
to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by
the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Owners of beneficial interests
in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes unless:

 

(1)            the
Depositary (A) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or (B) that it is
no longer a clearing agency registered under the 1934 Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer
within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 

(2)            the
Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the certificated Notes and any Participant
requests a certificated Note; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for
Definitive Notes prior to (a) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required
under the provisions of Regulation S;

 

(3)            there
has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Depositary notifies the Issuer and
the Trustee of its decision to exchange the Global Notes for Definitive Notes; or

 

(4)            written
notice is given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Upon the occurrence of the preceding events
in clauses ‎(1), ‎(2),
‎(3) or ‎(4) above,
Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names and in any approved denominations as the Depositary shall instruct the Issuer, the
Trustee and the Registrar. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in ‎Section 2.7
hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to
this ‎Section 2.6 or ‎Section 2.7
hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for
another Note other than as provided in this ‎Section 2.6(a);
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in ‎Section 2.6(b) or
‎(c).

 

    50

     

    

 

(b)            Transfer
and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes
shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein, including
those set forth in the Private Placement Legend and the Canadian Legend (if applicable), to the extent required by the 1933 Act
and applicable Canadian Securities Legislation, and the U.S. transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require
compliance with either subparagraph ‎(1) or ‎(2) below,
as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following provisions of this ‎Section 2.6,
as applicable:

 

(1)            Transfer
of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons
who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period,
(A) transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit
of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser) and (B) such beneficial interests may be held only through Euroclear or
Clearstream (as Indirect Participants in the Depositary). Beneficial interests in such Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in the preceding sentence of
this ‎Section 2.6(b)(1).

 

(2)            All
Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial
interests that are not subject to ‎Section 2.6(b)(1) above,
the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

 

(A)            (i) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(ii)           instructions
given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with
such increase; or

 

(B)            (i) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged; and

 

(ii)           instructions
given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be
registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in Section 2.6(b) above; provided that in no
event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior
to (a) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required under the provisions
of Regulation S.

 

    51

     

    

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements
for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture, the Notes or otherwise applicable
under the 1933 Act, the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) shall be adjusted pursuant to ‎Section 2.6(g) hereof.

 

(3)           Transfer
of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies
with the requirements of ‎Section 2.6(b)(2) above and the
Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)            if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver
a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)            if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof, and if
such transfer occurs prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, then the transferee must hold such beneficial interest through
either Euroclear or Clearstream (as Indirect Participants in the Depositary).

 

(4)           Transfer
and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note.
A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of ‎Section 2.6(b)(2) above
and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)            if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including
the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests
or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance
with the 1933 Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

 

    52

     

    

 

If any such transfer is effected at a time
when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order in accordance
with ‎Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate
one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests
transferred.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer
or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

 

(1)            Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If, in accordance with ‎Section 2.6(a),
any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)            if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)            if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

(C)            if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof,

 

the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of
the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to ‎Section 2.6(g) hereof,
and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated
in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this ‎Section 2.6(c) shall
be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest
shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee
shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this ‎Section 2.6(c)(1) shall
bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. Notwithstanding Sections
‎2.6(c)(1)(A) and ‎(C) hereof,
a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (a) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (b) the
receipt of any certificates required under the provisions of Regulation S, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

    53

     

    

 

(2)            Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in each case only pursuant to ‎Section 2.6(a) and
only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)            if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(1)(b) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if
the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests
or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance
with the 1933 Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

 

(3)            Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in ‎Section 2.6(b)(2) hereof,
the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to ‎Section 2.6(g) hereof,
and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated
in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this ‎Section 2.6(c)(3) shall be registered
in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct
the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such
Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest pursuant to this ‎Section 2.6(c)(3) shall not
bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)            Transfer
and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 

    54

     

    

 

(1)            Restricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes
to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar
of the following documentation:

 

(A)            if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

 

(C)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, the
Registrar shall increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (d)(1)‎(A) above,
the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (d)(1)‎(B) above,
the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (d)(1)‎(C) above,
the Regulation S Global Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are no Global Notes outstanding prior to any such transfer,
Definitive Notes may be transferred for beneficial interests in a Global Note only if the Issuer so agrees and delivers an Issuer
Order to the Trustee.

 

(2)            Restricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)            if
the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof;
or

 

(ii)           if
the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests
or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance
with the 1933 Act and state “blue sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

 

    55

     

    

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any
of the subparagraphs in this ‎Section 2.6(d)(2),
the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and the Registrar shall increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal
amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there are no Global Notes outstanding prior to any such
transfer, Definitive Notes may be transferred for beneficial interests in a Global Note only if the Issuer so agrees and delivers
an Issuer Order to the Trustee.

 

(3)            Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an
exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and the Registrar shall increase or
cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a
Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2)‎(ii) or
‎(3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note
has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order in accordance with ‎Section 2.2
hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)            Transfer
and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this ‎Section 2.6(e),
the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange,
the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized
in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable,
required pursuant to the following provisions of this ‎Section 2.6(e).

 

(1)            Restricted
Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the
name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)            if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)            if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

    56

     

    

 

(C)            if
the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications required by item (3) thereof.

 

(2)            Restricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for
an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)            if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(ii)           if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests,
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the 1933 Act and state “blue
sky” laws and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required
in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

 

(3)            Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer,
the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Note pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)             Legends.
The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically
stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

    57

     

    

 

(1)            Private
Placement Legend.

 

(A)            Except
as permitted by subparagraph (B) below or as otherwise agreed between the Issuer and the Holder, each Global Note and each
Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend, until the Resale Restriction
Termination Date, in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION.
NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED
OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH
REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT
FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED NOTES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER
WAS THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS NOTE (OR
ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN
RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT
THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE 1933 ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE
144A UNDER THE 1933 ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE
IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON U.S. PERSONS THAT
OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE 1933 ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH
CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF US$250,000 OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER
PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION
SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
DATE.

 

    58

     

    

 

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:
BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE 1933 ACT.]”

 

(B)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to Sections ‎2.6(b)(4),
(c)(2), (c)‎(3), (d)‎(2),
(d)‎(3), (e)‎(2) or
(e)(3) (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
The Issuer, acting in its discretion, may remove the Private Placement Legend from any Restricted Note at any time on or after
the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Restricted Note. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence,
the Issuer may effect such removal by issuing and delivering, in exchange for such Restricted Note, an Unrestricted Note, registered
to the same Holder and in an equal principal amount, and, notwithstanding any other provision of this ‎Section 2.6,
upon receipt of an Issuer Order given at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the proposed date of exchange specified
therein (which shall be no earlier than the Resale Restriction Termination Date), the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such
Unrestricted Note as directed in such Issuer Order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be obligated to authenticate
and deliver any Note that it reasonably believes, on advice of counsel, does not comply with Applicable Procedures or applicable
law.

 

(2)            Global
Notes Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD
BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL
OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE REGISTRAR MAY MAKE SUCH
NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION ‎2.6
OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION ‎2.6(a) OF
THE INDENTURE AND (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO ‎SECTION 2.10
OF THE INDENTURE.

 

    59

     

    

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED
IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY
TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE
DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”)
TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE
OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE &
CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(3)            ERISA
Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall
bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS
NOTE, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY
SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS NOTE CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S.
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT
OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)
OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS
OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN
ASSETS” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, AS MODIFIED BY SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA OR ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR
LAWS) OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON
EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY
APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.

 

    60

     

    

 

FURTHER, IF THE HOLDER IS A
PLAN SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (AN “ERISA PLAN”), SUCH HOLDER WILL BE DEEMED TO
HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) NONE OF THE ISSUER, GUARANTORS, THE INITIAL PURCHASERS AND ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE
AFFILIATES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “TRANSACTION PARTIES”) HAS ACTED AS THE ERISA PLAN’S FIDUCIARY (WITHIN THE MEANING
OF ERISA OR THE CODE), OR HAS BEEN RELIED UPON FOR ANY ADVICE, WITH RESPECT TO THE HOLDER’S DECISION TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD
THE NOTES, AND NONE OF THE TRANSACTION PARTIES SHALL AT ANY TIME BE RELIED UPON AS THE ERISA PLAN’S FIDUCIARY WITH RESPECT
TO ANY DECISION TO ACQUIRE, CONTINUE TO HOLD OR TRANSFER THE NOTES, AND (2) THE DECISION TO PURCHASE THE NOTES HAS BEEN MADE
BY A DULY AUTHORIZED FIDUCIARY OF THE ERISA PLAN THAT (I) IS INDEPENDENT (AS THAT TERM IS USED IN 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-21(C)(1))
OF THE TRANSACTION PARTIES AND THERE IS NO FINANCIAL INTEREST, OWNERSHIP INTEREST, OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP, AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING
OR OTHERWISE THAT WOULD LIMIT ITS ABILITY TO CARRY OUT ITS FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY TO THE ERISA PLAN; (II) IS A BANK, AN
INSURANCE CARRIER, A REGISTERED INVESTMENT ADVISER, A REGISTERED BROKER-DEALER, OR AN INDEPENDENT FIDUCIARY THAT HOLDS, OR HAS
UNDER MANAGEMENT OR CONTROL, TOTAL ASSETS OF AT LEAST $50 MILLION (IN EACH CASE, AS SPECIFIED IN 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-21(C)(1)(I)(A)-(E));
(III) IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING INVESTMENT RISKS INDEPENDENTLY, BOTH IN GENERAL AND WITH REGARD TO PARTICULAR TRANSACTIONS
AND INVESTMENT STRATEGIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION TO INVEST IN THE NOTES); (IV) HAS BEEN
FAIRLY INFORMED THAT THE TRANSACTION PARTIES HAVE NOT AND WILL NOT UNDERTAKE TO PROVIDE IMPARTIAL INVESTMENT ADVICE, OR TO GIVE
ADVICE IN A FIDUCIARY CAPACITY, IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THE NOTES; (V) HAS BEEN FAIRLY INFORMED
THAT THE TRANSACTION PARTIES HAVE FINANCIAL INTERESTS IN THE ERISA PLAN’S PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THE NOTES, WHICH INTERESTS
MAY CONFLICT WITH THE INTEREST OF THE ERISA PLAN; (VI) IS A FIDUCIARY UNDER ERISA OR THE CODE, OR BOTH, WITH RESPECT
TO THE DECISION TO PURCHASE AND HOLD THE NOTES AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR EXERCISING (AND HAS EXERCISED) INDEPENDENT JUDGMENT IN EVALUATING
WHETHER TO INVEST THE ASSETS OF SUCH ERISA PLAN IN THE NOTES; AND (VII) IS NOT PAYING ANY TRANSACTION PARTY ANY FEE OR OTHER
COMPENSATION DIRECTLY FOR THE PROVISION OF INVESTMENT ADVICE (AS OPPOSED TO OTHER SERVICES) IN CONNECTION WITH THE ERISA PLAN’S
PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THE NOTES.”

 

(4)            Canadian
Legend. Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall
bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

    61

     

    

 

(A)            Each
Note (whether a Global Note or a Definitive Note), and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, shall also
bear a legend (the “Canadian Legend”) in substantially the following form until such time as (i) a trade
of such Note in any province or territory Canada would not be a “distribution” or a “primary distribution to
the public” (each within the meaning of applicable Canadian Securities Legislation) and (ii) such Note is not otherwise
required to carry the Canadian Legend under applicable Canadian Securities Legislation:

 

“EXCEPT IN THE PROVINCE OF
MANITOBA, UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER CANADIAN SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MUST NOT TRADE THE
SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS FOUR MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) [INSERT DISTRIBUTION DATE], AND (II) THE
DATE THE ISSUER BECOMES A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.

 

IN THE PROVINCE OF MANITOBA, UNLESS
OTHERWISE PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE CANADIAN SECURITIES LEGISLATION OR WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE APPLICABLE REGULATORS,
THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS TWELVE MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE
DATE THE PURCHASER ACQUIRED THE SECURITY.”

 

(B)            The
distribution date to be inserted into the Canadian Legend pursuant to subparagraph (A) above shall be, in the case of the
Initial Notes, the Issue Date or, in the case of any Additional Notes, the “distribution date” (within the meaning
of National Instrument 45-102 Resale of Securities) for such Additional Notes.

 

(g)            Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged
for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such
Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with ‎Section 2.10
hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to
a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such
Global Note by the Trustee or by the Notes Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial
interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note
by the Trustee or by the Notes Custodian at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)            General
Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

    62

     

    

 

(1)            To
permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive
Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order.

 

(2)            No
service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or similar charge
or other fee required by law and payable in connection therewith (other than any taxes or similar charge payable upon exchange
or transfer pursuant to Sections ‎2.9,
‎3.6, ‎3.7,
‎4.7 and ‎4.11
hereof).

 

(3)            All
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall
be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(4)            None
of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any
Notes during a period of 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under ‎Section 3.2
hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes
so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to
register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(5)            Prior
to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, each Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose
of receiving payment of principal, interest and premium (if any) on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or
not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to
the contrary.

 

(6)            The
Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order and in accordance with the other provisions
of ‎Section 2.2
hereof.

 

(7)            All
certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this ‎Section 2.6
to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

(8)            None
of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions
on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including
any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof.

 

    63

     

    

 

(9)            None
of the Trustee or any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of,
or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee
or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to
any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of optional
redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.

 

Section 2.7.     Replacement
Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to
the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note,
the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order conforming to ‎Section 2.2
hereof, will authenticate a replacement Note of like tenor and principal amount if the Trustee’s and the Issuer’s reasonable
requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient
in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any other Agent and any Authenticating Agent
from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses (including any tax or charge
that may be imposed in connection therewith and the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional
obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other
Notes duly issued hereunder, provided it is held by a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section, rather than authenticating and delivering a replacement Note for a mutilated, destroyed, loss or stolen Note which has
been redeemed or the principal of which has matured, the Issuer or the Paying Agent may make payment of the amount due on such
security to the Holder upon receipt of the above-described indemnity bond.

 

Section 2.8.     Outstanding
Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all
the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions
in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this
Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in ‎Section 12.5
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor holds
the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to ‎Section 2.7
hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected
purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered
paid under ‎Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer,
a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable
on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

    64

     

    

 

Section 2.9.     Temporary
Notes.

 

Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery,
the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall
be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes
and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall
in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a holder of Definitive Notes.

 

Section 2.10.     Cancellation.

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes
to the Trustee or any Registrar for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered
to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or the Registrar (and no one else) shall cancel and destroy
(subject to the Trustee’s procedures and the record retention requirements of the 1934 Act) all Notes surrendered for registration
of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Issuer (provided
that the Trustee or such Registrar shall deliver a copy of such cancelled Note to the Issuer upon request prior to destruction).
The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee or the Registrar for cancellation.

 

Section 2.11.     Defaulted
Interest.

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest
(“Defaulted Interest”) on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay Defaulted Interest (as provided in ‎Section 4.1)
in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the Defaulted Interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date.
The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date, which special record date shall not be
less than 10 days prior to the payment date for such Defaulted Interest and the Issuer, or at the Issuer’s request, the Trustee,
shall promptly cause to be mailed (or in the case of Global Notes send electronically in accordance with the procedures of the
Depositary) to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of Defaulted Interest
to be paid. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note
and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to
the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of
the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this ‎Section 2.11.

 

    65

     

    

 

Section 2.12.     CUSIP
Numbers.

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use
 “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or similar numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use such numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation
is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and
that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be
affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in
the “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or similar numbers.

 

Section 2.13.     Calculations.

 

The Issuer will be responsible for making
all calculations called for under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer will make all such calculations in good faith and, absent
manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to
the Trustee when reasonably requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of such
calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will deliver a copy of any such schedule to any Holder upon the written
request of such Holder.

 

Article III

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.1.     Notices
to Trustee.

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant
to ‎Section 3.7, ‎Section 3.8
or ‎Section 4.11(i) hereof, it shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

 

The Issuer shall give each notice to the
Trustee and the Registrar provided for in this ‎Section 3.1
at least five (5) Business Days before the date of giving notice of the redemption pursuant to ‎Section 3.3,
unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate stating that
such redemption will comply with the conditions therein.

 

Section 3.2.     Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

In the case of any partial redemption of
the Notes selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee (i) if the Issuer gives written notice to the
Trustee that the Notes are listed in a national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such exchange or (ii) if
the Issuer does not give written notice to the Trustee that the Notes are so listed, then on a pro rata basis (or, in the case
of Notes in global form, the Notes represented thereby will be selected in accordance with the Depositary’s prescribed method).
The Trustee will make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption
portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than US$1,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects
will be in minimum amounts of US$2,000 or a whole multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and
any Holder promptly of a change to the minimum denomination of any Notes. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called
for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes
or portions of Notes to be redeemed. The Trustee may rely upon information provided by the Registrar for purposes of this ‎Section 3.2.
The Trustee shall not be liable for the selection made in accordance with this ‎Section 3.2.

 

    66

     

    

 

Section 3.3.     Notice
of Redemption.

 

At least 10 days (or such shorter time period
as specified solely in respect of any Special Mandatory Redemption) but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes,
the Issuer shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail (or, in the case of Notes in global form, delivered electronically
in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures) to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered
address or, with respect to Global Notes, otherwise give such notice in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary;
provided, however, notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection
with the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance or its covenant defeasance option in accordance with ‎Section 8.1(b) or
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with ‎Section 8.1(a).

 

The notice will identify the Notes to be
redeemed and will state:

 

(1)            the
Redemption Date;

 

(2)            the
Redemption Price (if then determined and otherwise the basis for its determination);

 

(3)            the
name and address of the Paying Agent where Notes are to be surrendered;

 

(4)            that
Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

 

(5)            if
fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be
redeemed;

 

(6)            that,
unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases
to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(7)            the
CUSIP, ISIN or similar number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;

 

(8)            that
no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or similar number, if any, listed in such notice
or printed on the Notes; and

 

(9)            any
conditions precedent to such redemption.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee
will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer
shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the giving of notice of redemption (or such
shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and
setting forth the information to be stated in the notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

    67

     

    

 

Section 3.4.     Effect
of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is sent to Holders,
Notes (or portions thereof) called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption
Price, subject to the satisfaction of any condition permitted below. A notice of redemption (including upon an Equity Offering
or in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) or an event that constitutes a Change of Control) may,
at the Issuer’s discretion, be given prior to the completion or the occurrence thereof and any such redemption or purchase
may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion
or occurrence of the related Equity Offering, transaction or event, as the case may be. In addition, if such redemption or purchase
is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable,
shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption or purchase may be delayed until such time (including more than
60 days after the date the notice of redemption or offer to purchase was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission)
as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied or waived, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be
rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the redemption or purchase date,
or by the redemption or purchase date so delayed, or such notice or offer may be rescinded at any time in the Issuer’s discretion
if in the good faith judgment of the Issuer any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied or waived. In addition, the Issuer
may provide in such notice or offer that payment of the redemption or purchase price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations
with respect to such redemption or offer to purchase may be performed by another Person. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible
for monitoring, or charged with knowledge of, the maximum aggregate amount of the Notes eligible under the Indenture to be redeemed
or the actual amount of the Notes to be redeemed without notice thereof from the Issuer. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such
Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Redemption
Date; provided that if the Redemption Date is after the taking of a record of the Holders on a record date and on or prior to the
related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Person in whose name the redeemed Notes
are registered on such record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity
of the notice to any other Holder.

 

Section 3.5.     Deposit
of Redemption Price.

 

No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York
City time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary is the Paying
Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all
Notes to be redeemed on that date. If the Issuer complies with the provisions of this ‎Section 3.5,
then on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

    68

     

    

 

Section 3.6.     Notes
Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon cancellation of a Note that is redeemed
in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s
expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. The Trustee shall notify the Registrar
of the issuance of such new Note.

 

Section 3.7.     Optional
Redemption.

 

(a)            On
or after August 1, 2023, the Issuer may, on any one or more occasions, redeem all or a part of the Notes at any time or from
time to time, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption
Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	Notes	 
	Year	 	 	Percentage	 
	2023	 	 	 	102.000	%
	2024	 	 	 	101.000	%
	2025 and thereafter	 	 	 	100.000	%

 

(b)            At
any time prior to August 1, 2023, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to an aggregate of 40% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) then outstanding under this Indenture at a Redemption Price (as calculated
by the Issuer) equal to (i) 104.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, with an amount equal to or less than the aggregate
Net Cash Proceeds from one or more Equity Offering to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer
plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption
Date); provided that (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under this Indenture
on the Issue Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (but excluding any Additional Notes issued
under the Indenture after the Issue Date); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing
of any such Equity Offering.

 

(c)            In
addition, at any time prior to August 1, 2023, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes
at a Redemption Price equal to the sum of: (1) the principal amount thereof, plus (2) the Applicable Premium at the Redemption
Date, plus (3) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the
Redemption Date).

 

(d)            Any
redemption pursuant to this ‎Section 3.7 shall be made pursuant to
the provisions of ‎Section 3.1
through ‎Section 3.6 hereof.

 

    69

     

    

 

(e)            The
Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Issuer except as set forth in this ‎Section 3.7,
‎Section 3.8 and in ‎Section 4.11(i).
The Issuer is not, however, prohibited from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender
offer, open market transactions, by private purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms
of this Indenture.

 

Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment
of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable
redemption date.

 

Section 3.8.     Tax
Redemption.

 

If, as a result of:

 

		(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (or regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction which is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, where a jurisdiction in question does not
become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, such later date); or

 

		(2)	any amendment to, or change in, the existing official position or the introduction of an official position regarding the application,
interpretation, administration or assessing practices of any such laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction,
or a judicial decision rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction (whether or not made, taken or reached with respect to the
Issuer or any of the Guarantors) which is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, where a jurisdiction
in question does not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, such later date),

 

the Issuer or any Guarantor has become or
will become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes or a Note Guarantee,
as applicable, Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described under ‎Section 4.21
with respect to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which payment the Issuer or the Guarantor cannot avoid with the use of reasonable
measures available to it (including making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), then the Issuer may,
at its option, redeem all but not less than all of the Notes, upon not more than 60 days’ notice prior to the earliest date
on which the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, would be required to pay such Additional Amounts or indemnification payments,
at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Prior
to the giving of any notice of redemption described in this ‎Section 3.8,
the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee a written opinion of independent legal counsel to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable,
of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, has or will become obligated to pay such
Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result of an amendment or change as set forth in this ‎Section 3.8.

 

Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment
of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable
redemption date.

 

    70

     

    

 

Section 3.9.     Mandatory
Redemption.

 

The Issuer shall not be required to make
any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Article IV

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1.     Payment
of Notes.

 

The Issuer covenants and agrees for the
benefit of the Holders that it shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and
in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall
be deemed due for all purposes under this Indenture whether such payments are due at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required
repurchase pursuant to ‎Section 4.7 or ‎4.11
hereof, upon declaration or otherwise. Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date
due if by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient
to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

The Issuer will pay, to the extent lawful,
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
at the rate then in effect on the Notes; it will pay, to the extent lawful, interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time
on demand at the same rate as on overdue principal.

 

Section 4.2.     Reports.

 

(a)            The
Issuer will provide to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall deliver to the Holders, the following:

 

(1)            within
60 days after the end of each quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year of the Issuer, other than the last quarterly fiscal period
of each such fiscal year, copies of:

 

(i)            an
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as at the end of such quarterly fiscal period and unaudited consolidated statements
of income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Issuer for such quarterly fiscal period and, in the case
of the second and third quarters, for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such quarter; and

 

(ii)            an
associated “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis” included in the Offering Memorandum; and

 

(2)            within
90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, copies of:

 

(i)            an
audited consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer as at the end of such year and audited consolidated statements of income, cash
flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Issuer for such fiscal year, together with a report of the Issuer’s
auditors thereon; and

 

    71

     

    

 

(ii)            an
associated “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” prepared on a basis substantially consistent with the “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis” included in the Offering Memorandum; and

 

(3)            promptly
from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time periods specified
in the Commission’s rules and regulations), current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on
Form 8-K Items 1.03, 2.01, 4.01, 5.01, 5.02(b) (with respect to the Issuer’s chief executive officer or chief financial
officer only) and 5.02(c) (with respect to the Issuer’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer only) if
the Issuer were required to file such reports; provided that (a) no such current report will be required to be provided if
the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to the business, assets, operations or prospects
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such
disclosure would otherwise cause competitive harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole (in which event such nondisclosure shall be limited only to specific provisions
that would cause material harm and not the occurrence of the event itself) and (b) in no event will any financial statements
of an acquired business be required to be included in any such current report;

 

in the case of each of Sections ‎4.2(a)(1) and
‎4.2(a)(2) prepared in accordance with GAAP. The
reports referred to in Sections ‎4.2(a)(1) and
‎4.2(a)(2) are collectively referred to as the
 “Financial Reports.”

 

(b)            The
Issuer will, within 15 Business Days after providing to the Trustee any Financial Report, hold a conference call to discuss such
Financial Report and the results of operations for the applicable reporting period. If the Issuer does not file reports with the
SEC, then the Issuer will also maintain a website to which Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts are given access,
on which not later than the date by which the Financial Reports are required to be provided to the Trustee pursuant to ‎Section 4.2(a),
the Issuer (i) makes available such Financial Reports and (ii) provides details about how to access on a toll-free basis
the quarterly conference calls described above.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, (1) all Financial Reports will be deemed to have been provided to the Trustee and to the Holders to the extent
filed (i) on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) or any successor system
thereto or (ii) with the Commission via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“EDGAR”)
filing system or any successor system thereto, (2) the requirements of this ‎Section 4.2
will be deemed satisfied by the posting of reports that would be required to be provided to the Holders on the Issuer’s website
(or that of any of the Issuer’s parent companies), and (3) if the Issuer holds a quarterly conference call for its equity
holders within 15 Business Days of filing a Financial Report on SEDAR or any successor system thereto, the Issuer will no longer
be required to hold a separate conference call in respect of such Financial Report for the Holders as provided above. The Trustee
will not be responsible for monitoring compliance with filings on SEDAR or EDGAR.

 

    72

     

    

 

 

(d)          In
addition, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the 1934 Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the Commission with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of
the 1934 Act, the Issuer will furnish to Holders of Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required
to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations hereunder for
purposes of ‎Section 6.1(3) until 120 days after the date any
report under this ‎Section 4.2
is due.

 

Delivery of reports, information and documents
to the Trustee hereunder is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s
compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

Section 4.3.          Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock.

 

(a)          The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (in any such case, “incur”)
any Indebtedness, and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness or
issue shares of Disqualified Stock (in each case, including Acquired Indebtedness) and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness
(in each case, including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, if immediately after
and giving effect thereto, either (x) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness
is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been not less than 2.0 to 1.0, or (y) the Consolidated
Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.75:1.00, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application
of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock
had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four quarter period; provided that Restricted Subsidiaries
that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred stock if, after giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) the amount of Indebtedness of
Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors that would be outstanding pursuant to this clause (a) would exceed in aggregate
the greater of (i) $45.0 million and (ii) 1.5% of Total Assets.

 

(b)          ‎Section 4.3(a) will
not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(1)          the
incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (with letters of guarantee, tender
checks and letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the sum of (i) the greater of (x) $4,350.0 million and (y) the
maximum amount such that after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional Indebtedness and the application of
the net proceeds therefrom, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be no greater than 5.50 to 1.00 plus (ii) the
greater of (x) $400.0 million and (y) 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters
for which internal annual or quarterly financial statements are available calculated in a manner consistent with any pro forma
adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, at any one time outstanding; provided
that for the purposes of determining the amount that can be incurred under clause (i)(y) hereof all Indebtedness incurred
under clauses (i)(y) shall be deemed to be Secured Indebtedness;

 

    73

     

    

 

(2)          Indebtedness
incurred under Credit Facilities or otherwise in connection with one or more standby letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances,
completion guarantees, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds or surety bonds or other similar reimbursement obligations, in
each case, issued in the ordinary course of business (including for the purpose of providing security for environmental reclamation
obligations to government agencies, workers’ compensation claims, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or
similar statutory and other requirements) and not in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of an advance or credit;

 

(3)          the
incurrence by the Issuer of Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the incurrence by the Guarantors
of the Note Guarantees;

 

(4)          the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Attributable Debt (including obligations represented
by Financing Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations), in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part
of the purchase price or cost of design, lease, expansion, construction, maintenance, upgrade, installation, development, improvement,
replacement or repair of property (real or personal), plant or equipment or other assets used in the business of the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person owning
such assets, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount, including all outstanding Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred
to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (i) $145.0
million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets as of any date of incurrence (after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness
and the application of the proceeds therefrom);

 

(5)          the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness and any guarantees with respect thereto;

 

(6)          the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany
Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) that was incurred in reliance on ‎Section 4.3(a) or
Sections ‎4.3(b)(3),
‎(4), ‎(5),
‎(6) or ‎(12);

 

(7)          the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that

 

    74

     

    

 

(A)            any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(B)            any
sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer

 

will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of
such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause ‎(7);

 

(8)          the
issuance of preferred stock by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or to any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer; provided, however, that

 

(A)           any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(B)            any
sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause ‎(8);

 

(9)          the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business and not
for speculative purposes;

 

(10)        the
guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that was
permitted to be incurred by another provision of this ‎Section 4.3
(including, for greater certainty, Note Guarantees in respect of Additional Notes so permitted to be incurred); provided that if
the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to or pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any
of the Note Guarantees, then the guarantee must be subordinated in right of payment or pari passu in right of payment to the same
extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

 

(11)        Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising (i) from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in connection
with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)        the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Cash Management Obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)        the
incurrence of (1) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (i) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred
or assumed in connection with an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person or Investment and (ii) of
any Person that is acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (2) Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified
Stock issued or, in each case, assumed in anticipation of, or in connection with, an acquisition of any assets, business or Person;
provided, that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation and the incurrence of such
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, either

 

    75

     

    

 

(A)           (i) the
Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in ‎Section 4.3(a) or (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or to such merger, amalgamation,
consolidation or acquisition; or

 

(B)            (i) the
Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test
set forth in ‎Section 4.3(a) or
(ii) the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or less than immediately
prior to such Investment, acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation.

 

(14)        the
incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal
amount (or accreted value, as applicable), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace
any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14), not to exceed the greater of (i) $240.0 million and (ii) 60.0%
of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters for which internal annual or quarterly financial statements
are available calculated in a manner consistent with any pro forma adjustments to Consolidated EBITDA set forth in the definition
of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;

 

(15)        Indebtedness
consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums in an amount not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the greater of
(a) $30.0 million and (b) 1.0% of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (after giving
effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom) or (ii) take-or-pay obligations
contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)        additional
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fund an acquisition or Investment in an aggregate principal amount
not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (a) $130.0 million and (b) 4.0% of Total Assets determined at the
time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the
proceeds therefrom); provided that no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time the relevant agreement with respect to such
acquisition or Investment is entered into;

 

(17)        Indebtedness
incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to this clause (17) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $45.0 million and (ii) 1.5%
of Total Assets determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness
and the application of the proceeds therefrom); and

 

(18)        Contribution
Indebtedness.

 

    76

     

    

 

(c)          For
purposes of determining compliance with this ‎Section 4.3:

 

(1)          in
the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted
Debt described in Sections ‎4.3(b)(2) through
‎4.3(b)(18), or is entitled
to be incurred pursuant to ‎Section 4.3(a), the Issuer will
be permitted to divide and classify (or later redivide and reclassify in whole or in part) such item of Indebtedness in whole or
in part in any manner that complies with this ‎‎Section 4.3,
including by allocation to more than one other type of Indebtedness, except that Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements that
is outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been incurred on such date under ‎Section 4.3(b)(1) and
may not be reclassified, other than within ‎Section 4.3(b)(1).
Amounts incurred under clause ‎(ii) of ‎Section 4.3(b)(1),
may, and will automatically be, reclassified into clause ‎(i) thereof
to the extent of the availability under such clause ‎(i);

 

(2)          at
the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the categories
of Indebtedness described in ‎Section 4.3(a) or
Sections ‎4.3(b)(2) through
‎4.3(b)(18) (or any portion
thereof) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any other provision of this ‎Section 4.3
when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to any such clause or paragraph;

 

(3)          the
outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once, and any obligations arising under any guarantee,
Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness shall not be double counted;

 

(4)          Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock of any Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or
is merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) assumed in
connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock described in the foregoing clauses
(i) and (ii), “Acquired Indebtedness”) shall be deemed to have been incurred or issued by a Restricted
Subsidiary at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness or Disqualified
Stock that is redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon the consummation of the transaction
by which such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (or is merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be) will be deemed not to have been incurred or issued for the purposes
of this ‎Section 4.3;

 

(5)          the
accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest or dividends in the form
of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as applicable, with the same, or less onerous, terms (as determined
in good faith by the Issuer), the reclassification of preferred stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor as Indebtedness due to a change
in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends or the making of any distribution on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock
in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, the accrual of dividends on Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an Issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes
of this ‎Section 4.3;

 

    77

     

    

 

(6)          if
obligations in respect of letters of credit are incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities and are being treated as incurred pursuant
‎Section 4.3(b)(1) and
the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness will not constitute Indebtedness for purposes
of this ‎Section 4.3; and

 

(7)          in
the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into or increases commitments under a revolving credit facility incurred
under ‎Section 4.3(b)(1),
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, for borrowings
and reborrowings thereunder (and including letters of guarantee, tender checks and letters of credit thereunder) may be determined,
at the election of the Issuer, on the date of such revolving credit facility or on the date of such increase in commitments (assuming
that the full amount thereof has been borrowed as of such date), and, if such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage
Ratio or the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, test is satisfied with respect thereto at such time, any borrowing
or reborrowing thereunder (and including letters of guarantee, tender checks and letters of credit thereunder) will be permitted
under this covenant irrespective of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Net Leverage
Ratio, as applicable, at the time of any borrowing or reborrowing (or and including letters of guarantee, tender checks or letters
of credit thereunder) (the committed amount permitted to be borrowed or reborrowed (and the issuance and creation of letters of
credit and bankers’ acceptances) on a date pursuant to the operation of this ‎Section 4.3(c) shall
be the “Reserved Indebtedness Amount” as of such date for purposes of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Secured
Net Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable).

 

(d)          For
purposes of determining compliance with any Canadian dollar or other currency denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness,
the Canadian dollar or other currency-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated
based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness,
or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower Canadian dollar or other currency-equivalent), in the case of
revolving credit borrowings. However, if the Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign
currency, and the refinancing would cause the applicable Canadian dollar or other currency denominated restriction to be exceeded
if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Canadian dollar or other currency
denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness
does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced (except to the extent necessary to pay all fees, defeasance
costs, expenses and premiums (including tender premiums) incurred in connection therewith).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
‎Section 4.3, the maximum amount of Indebtedness
that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this ‎Section 4.3
shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange
rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different
currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies
in which the respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

    78

     

    

 

Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will
incur any additional Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness of such Person unless such additional Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes
or the applicable Note Guarantee, as the case may be, on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness
will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured
or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

 

Section 4.4.          Restricted
Payments.

 

(a)          The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)          declare
or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than (i) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, or in warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Issuer, and (ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);

 

(2)          purchase,
retract, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger, amalgamation
or consolidation involving the Issuer), in whole or in part, any Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than any such Equity Interests
owned by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(3)          make
any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness,
except for (i) a payment of interest at the Stated Maturity thereof or of principal not earlier than one year prior to the
Stated Maturity thereof and (ii) any such Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(4)          make
any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (a)‎‎(1) through
(a)‎(4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”)

 

(b)          unless,
at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)          in
the case of a Restricted Payment other than a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment and in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default as set forth
in Sections ‎6.1(1),
‎(2), ‎(4),
‎(7) or ‎(8) below
has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)          the
Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
been made at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to ‎Section 4.3(a);
and

 

    79

     

    

 

(3)          such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
after February 1, 2016 (other than pursuant to Sections ‎4.4(c)(3) through
‎4.4(c)(18) below), is
less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(A)           50%
of the Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) from February 1, 2016 to the end of the Issuer’s
most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal annual or quarterly financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a loss, less 100% of such loss); plus

 

(B)           100%
of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuer since February 1, 2016 (A) as a contribution to its common
equity capital, (B) from the issue or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, (C) from the
issue or sale of warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, and
(D) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or convertible or exchangeable
debt securities of the Issuer, in each case that have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer or warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer
(in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A) through (D), other than (1) a contribution from, or Capital Stock,
Disqualified Stock or debt securities sold to, a Subsidiary of the Issuer) or (2) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(C)           100%
of the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Issuer since February 1, 2016 in consideration of (or
in exchange for) its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

 

(D)           100%
of the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be,
of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer issued after February 1, 2016 (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued
to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified
Stock); plus

 

(E)            to
the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after February 1, 2016 is (i) sold for cash or otherwise cancelled,
liquidated, or repaid for cash, or (ii) in the case of a Restricted Investment constituting a guarantee, released, the initial
amount of such Restricted Investment (or, if less, in the case of a sale, cancellation, liquidation or repayment for cash described
in the foregoing subclause (i), the amount of cash received upon such sale, cancellation, liquidation or repayment), in each case,
to the extent that any such payments or proceeds are not already included in Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the applicable
period; provided, for certainty, that any amount that would otherwise be included in this clause ‎(E) as
a result of the release of a guarantee due to the payment thereunder by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall
be reduced by the aggregate amount of such payments; plus

 

    80

     

    

 

(F)            upon
a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s
and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Investments in such Subsidiary as at the date of such redesignation and (B) the Fair
Market Value of such Investments at the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
plus

 

(G)           100%
of any dividends or distributions received in cash by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Unrestricted Subsidiary
after February 1, 2016, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the applicable period;
plus

 

(H)           100%
of the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds.

 

(c)          The
preceding provisions will not prohibit:

 

(1)          the
payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any dividend or distribution, or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption
of any Subordinated Indebtedness, within 60 days after the date of the declaration of the dividend or distribution or the giving
of the notice of redemption, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice the dividend or distribution or redemption
of such Subordinated Indebtedness would have been permitted by this Indenture;

 

(2)          the
making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than
to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or warrants, options or other rights
to acquire Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; provided that the amount of any such Net Cash Proceeds
that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from ‎Section 4.4(b)(3)(B);

 

(3)          the
defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor
with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of, or in exchange for, any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(4)          the
declaration and payment of any dividend or other distribution by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to the holders of its Capital Stock on a pro rata basis;

 

(5)          the
purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise
or exchange of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if the Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise
or exchange price thereof and repurchases or other acquisitions or retirement for value of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon
the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to an employee to pay for the taxes payable by such employee
either upon such grant or award or in connection with any such exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other convertible
securities;

 

    81

     

    

 

(6)          the
payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or other retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in the event of a change of control at a purchase or redemption price no greater
than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness, plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon, or (b) in
the event of an asset sale at a purchase or redemption price no greater than 100% of the principal amount of such Subordinated
Indebtedness, plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon, in each case, in accordance with provisions similar to ‎Section 4.7
or ‎Section 4.11,
as applicable; provided, however, that, prior to or simultaneously with such payment, purchase, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance, acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, if required, with respect
to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control
Offer or Asset Sale Offer;

 

(7)          the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries held by
any current or former officer, director, employee or consultant (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries) of the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, shareholder agreement, employment agreement,
stock option plan, equity incentive or other plan or similar agreement, in each case in effect as of the Issue Date, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets in each calendar year of the Issuer
(increasing to $70.0 million per year following an underwritten public Equity Offering) (with unused amounts in any calendar year
being carried over to the immediately succeeding three calendar years); provided, that such amount in any calendar year
may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(A)           the
cash proceeds received by the Issuer from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to employees, directors, officers or consultants of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after February 1,
2016 (it being understood that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition
or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under ‎Section 4.4(b)(3)),
plus

 

(B)           the
cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the
extent contributed to the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after February 1, 2016;

 

provided that the Issuer may elect
to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (7)(A) and (7)(B) above in any calendar
year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present
or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or the direct or indirect parents
of the Issuer in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents will
not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this ‎Section 4.4
or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

    82

     

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)          the
declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after the Issue Date in accordance with ‎Section 4.3;

 

(9)          the
purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for nominal value per right of any rights granted to all the
holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders
from unfair takeover tactics;

 

(10)        payments
or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual,
contingent or potential) with respect thereto, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer
of assets that complies with ‎Section 5.1;

 

(11)        the
making of cash payments in lieu of the issuance by the Issuer of fractional shares in connection with stock dividends, splits or
business combinations or the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible or exchangeable for Equity Interests
that are not derivative securities;

 

(12)        the
declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s Capital Stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common equity) after the occurrence of the Issuer’s
or such entity’s initial public offering of up to the sum of (i) 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed
to the Issuer in or from its initial public offering and any subsequent public offering of its Capital Stock, other than public
offerings with respect to the Issuer’s Capital Stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or the equivalent forms
under the federal and provincial securities laws of Canada) and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution
and (ii) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 7.0% of Market Capitalization;

 

(13)        Restricted
Payments that are made (a) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Excluded Contributions since February 1,
2016 and (b) without duplication with clause (a), in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds from any sale or disposition
of, or distribution in respect of, Investments acquired after February 1, 2016, to the extent such Investment was financed
in reliance on clause (a);

 

(14)        additional
Restricted Payments (a) in an aggregate amount which, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant
to this clause ‎(14), do not exceed the greater of (i) $60.0 million
and (ii) 2.0% of Total Assets as of the date of the making of such Restricted Payment and (b) without duplication with
clause (a), in an amount equal to the net cash proceeds from any sale or disposition of, or distribution in respect of, Investments
acquired after February 1, 2016, to the extent such Investment was financed in reliance on clause (a);

 

(15)        any
Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Net Leverage
Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
would be equal to or less than 5.0 to 1.0;

 

    83

     

    

 

(16)        any
Restricted Payment (A) made in connection with the Waste Industries Transactions or used to pay fees and expenses related
thereto or (B) used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any parent entity to permit payment by such
parent entity of such amount) to the extent permitted by ‎Section 4.8;

 

(17)        the
distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents);
and

 

(18)        any
Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer:

 

(A)           the
proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) operating
costs and expenses of such Persons incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses
(including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary
and incurred in the ordinary course of business, attributable to the ownership or operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(B)           the
proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) franchise
and similar Taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its (or any of such direct or indirect parent’s) corporate
or legal existence;

 

(C)           to
finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be
made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) such Persons shall, promptly following the closing
thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary or (2) the merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets (to the extent permitted
under ‎Section 5.1) of the Person formed
in order to consummate such Investment or acquired pursuant to such Investment, as applicable, into or to, as applicable, the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(D)           the
proceeds of which shall be used to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees
and expenses related to any equity or debt offering permitted by this Indenture (whether or not successful);

 

(E)            the
proceeds of which (A) shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to, and indemnities
provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees, members of management and consultants of such Persons and any payroll, social
security or similar taxes in connection therewith to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the
ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) shall be used to make payments permitted under
clauses ‎(1), ‎(3), ‎(8) and
‎(9) (but only to the extent such payments have not been and are not expected to
be made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

    84

     

    

 

(F)            the
proceeds of which will be used to make payments due or expected to be due to cover social security, Medicare, employment insurance,
statutory pension plan, withholding and other taxes payable and other remittances to governmental authorities in connection with
any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of such Persons or
to make any other payment that would, if made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, be permitted under this Indenture;

 

(G)           the
proceeds of which shall be used to pay cash, in lieu of issuing fractional shares, in connection with the exercise of warrants,
options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of such Persons; and

 

(H)           for
any taxable period for which the Issuer and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined or similar income
Tax group for Tax purposes of which a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer is the common parent (a “Tax Group”),
the proceeds of which are necessary to permit the common parent of such Tax Group to pay the portion of any income Tax of such
Tax Group for such taxable period that is attributable to the income of the Issuer and/or its Subsidiaries; provided that (A) the
amount of such Restricted Payments for any taxable period shall not exceed that amount of such Taxes that the Issuer and/or its
Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid had the Issuer and/or its applicable Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone
taxpayer (or a standalone group) for all applicable tax years and (B) the amount of such Restricted Payments in respect of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary
to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such purpose;

 

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving
effect to, any Restricted Payment made in reliance on clause ‎(15),
no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with
this ‎Section 4.4, if a proposed Restricted Payment
or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses ‎(1) through
‎(18) above and/or one or more of the clauses contained in
the definition of “Permitted Investments,” or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to ‎Section 4.4(a),
the Issuer may, in its sole discretion, divide and classify (or later reclassify in whole or in part, from time to time in its
sole discretion) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) among such clauses ‎(1) through
‎(18) and such first paragraph and/or one or more of the clauses
contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in any manner that complies with this ‎Section 4.4.
For the purposes of determining compliance with any Canadian dollar or other currency denominated restriction on Restricted Payments
denominated in a foreign currency, the Canadian dollar or other currency-equivalent amount of such Restricted Payment shall be
calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Restricted Payment was made. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this ‎Section 4.4, the maximum
amount of Restricted Payments that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make pursuant to this ‎Section 4.4
shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

 

    85

     

    

 

The amount of each Restricted Payment (other
than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred
or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, this covenant
will not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch up payment” with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 4.5.           Liens.

 

The Issuer will not, and will not permit
any of the Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective
any Lien upon or with respect to any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, securing Indebtedness, unless:

 

		(1)	in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property
or assets that is senior in priority to such Liens (for as long as such Indebtedness is so secured);

 

		(2)	in all other cases, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property or assets equally and ratably
with the obligation or liability secured by such Liens (for as long as such Indebtedness is so secured); or

 

		(3)	such Lien is a Permitted Lien.

 

Section 4.6.           Dividend
and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)          The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)          pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness
owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the priority of any preferred stock over common
stock in receiving dividends or distributions (upon a liquidation or otherwise) shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability
to make distributions on Capital Stock;

 

(2)          make
loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances
made to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries will not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

    86

     

    

 

(3)          sell,
lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)          However,
the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)          agreements
or instruments (including agreements governing Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facilities) as in effect or which came into effect
on the Issue Date;

 

(2)          this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(3)          applicable
law, rule, regulation, order, approval, license or permit;

 

(4)          any
agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred or issued in
connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or
the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that,
in the case of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock was permitted by the terms of this Indenture
to be incurred or issued, as the case may be;

 

(5)          customary
non-assignment and non-subletting provisions in contracts, leases and licenses entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)          agreements
relating to Purchase Money Obligations, Financing Lease Obligations and Sale/Leaseback Transactions that impose restrictions on
the property relating thereto of the nature described ‎Section 4.6(a)(3);

 

(7)          any
agreement for the sale or other disposition of assets or Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that restricts
transfers of such assets or the making by that Restricted Subsidiary of distributions, loans or advances pending such sale or other
disposition;

 

(8)          Permitted
Liens that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(9)          provisions
in joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, limited liability company agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements
and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business or with the approval of the Board of Directors of
the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, that limit the disposition or distribution of assets or property,
which limitations are applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements (including restrictions on the transfer
of ownership interests in any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company or other applicable entity);

 

    87

     

    

 

(10)          restrictions
on cash, Cash Equivalents or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course
of business;

 

(11)          encumbrances
and restrictions contained in contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and
that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of, or from the ability of the Issuer and any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to realize the value of, property or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(12)          agreements
encumbering or restricting cash or marketable securities to secure Hedging Obligations;

 

(13)          agreements
governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under ‎Section 4.3;
provided that the Issuer determines in good faith, on the date of incurrence thereof, that the restrictions therein will
not materially adversely impact the ability of the Issuer to make required principal and interest payments on the Notes;

 

(14)          Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness
are not materially more restrictive (taken as a whole), than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; and

 

(15)          any
amendments, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings (collectively, “refinancings”)
of the agreements, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses ‎(1) through
‎(14) above; provided that such refinancings are not materially more
restrictive (taken as a whole) with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those in effect prior to such refinancings,
as determined in good faith by the Issuer.

 

Section 4.7.             Asset
Sales.

 

(a)           The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale in any single transaction
or series of related transactions unless:

 

(1)            the
Issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to
the Fair Market Value (measured as of the date of the definitive agreement relating to such Asset Sale) of the assets, properties
or Equity Interests issued, sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale;

 

(2)            at
least 75% of the consideration received for such Asset Sale (measured at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale),
together with all Asset Sales since the Issue Date (on a cumulative basis) received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the manner referred to in clause ‎(a)(1) above is in the form of
cash, Cash Equivalents, or Permitted Assets. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:

 

    88

     

    

 

(A)            any
liabilities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities or liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee), as shown on the Issuer’s most recent internally available annual or quarterly
balance sheet, that are (i) assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement or similar
agreement that releases the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability or (ii) otherwise canceled;

 

(B)            any
securities, notes or other obligations (including earn-outs and similar obligations) received by the Issuer or any such Restricted
Subsidiary from such transferee that are, within 180 days of the applicable Asset Sale, converted by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion;

 

(C)            Indebtedness
of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Issuer
and its other Restricted Subsidiaries are released from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with the Asset
Sale; and

 

(D)            any
Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair
Market Value (with the Fair Market Value of such item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time of contractually
agreeing to the related Asset Sale), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this
clause (D) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $90.0 million and (ii) 3.0% of Total
Assets measured at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale.

 

(b)           Within
455 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale (or, at the Issuer’s option, any earlier date), the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary may apply those Net Proceeds for any combination of the following purposes:

 

(1)            to
Repay Indebtedness under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement and/or any other Indebtedness that is secured
by a Lien (other than any such Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee);

 

(2)            to
Repay (a) obligations under the Notes, (b) other Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that if the Issuer or any Guarantor
shall so reduce obligations under other Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (b), the Issuer will equally and ratably
reduce obligations in respect of the Notes pursuant to ‎Section 3.7
or through open-market purchases (which may be below par) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below
for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the
event that the Notes were issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and
unpaid interest on the pro rata principal amount of Notes) or (c) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor,
in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

    89

     

    

 

(3)            to
acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or to acquire Capital Stock of, a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business
and that, in the case of an acquisition of Capital Stock, is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(4)            to
make a capital expenditure; or

 

(5)            to
acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a Permitted Business or
that replace, in whole or in part, the properties or assets that are subject to the Asset Sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries enters into a binding agreement committing to make an acquisition, expenditure
or investment in compliance with clauses (3), (4) or (5) above within 455 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale (an “Acceptable Commitment”), such commitment will be treated as a permitted application
of the Net Proceeds from the date of the execution of such agreement until the earlier of (i) the date on which such acquisition
or investment is consummated or such expenditure made or such agreement is terminated, and (ii) the 180th day after the expiration
of the aforementioned 455-day period; provided that if any Acceptable Commitment is later canceled or terminated for any
reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds from and after the date of
such cancelation or termination; unless the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment within
180 days of such cancellation or termination (a “Second Commitment”)in which case such commitment will be treated
as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of the execution of such agreement until the earlier of (i) the
date on which such acquisition or investment is consummated or such expenditure made or such agreement is terminated, and (ii) the
180th day after the date of the Second Commitment.

 

Pending the final application of any Net
Proceeds, the Issuer may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that
is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(c)           Any
Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in ‎Section 4.7(b) (it
being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an offer to purchase Notes, as described in ‎Section 4.7(b)(2),
will be deemed to have been so applied whether or not such offer is accepted) will constitute “Excess Proceeds.”
If the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $60.0 million, the Issuer will make a pro rata offer (an “Asset Sale
Offer”) to all Holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, that may be purchased out of the Excess
Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value in the case
of any such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, issued with a significant original issue discount) plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select
the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, to be purchased on a pro rata basis (subject to the procedures
of the relevant depositary), on the basis of the aggregate principal amounts (or accreted values) tendered in round denominations
(which, in the case of the Notes, will be minimum denominations of US$2,000 principal amount and multiples of US$1,000 in excess
thereof). If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use those Excess Proceeds for
any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds
will be reset at zero. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to such Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by
making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds at any time prior to the expiration of the application period
or by electing to make an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds before the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$60.0 million.

 

    90

     

    

 

(d)           Within
30 days following the date when the Issuer becomes obligated to make an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer will mail (or in the case
of Global Notes deliver electronically in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary) a notice to each Holder describing
the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Sale and offering to repurchase Notes on the date (the “Asset
Sale Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from
the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice.

 

(e)           On
the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)            accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, subject to proration based on the
amount of Excess Proceeds pursuant to ‎Section 4.7(c);

 

(2)            deposit
with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the amount of Excess Proceeds that, after giving effect to proration with holders of pari
passu Indebtedness pursuant to ‎Section 4.7(c), is allocable
to the Notes or portions thereof so tendered (or, if less, the aggregate payment for all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn);
and

 

(3)            deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer.

 

(f)            The
Paying Agent will promptly mail (or cause to be transferred through the facilities of the Depositary) to each Holder of Notes accepted
for payment in accordance with this ‎Section 4.7, the payment for such
tendered Notes, and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred
by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any,
by such Holder; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of US$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

 

(g)           To
the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and any other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or otherwise surrendered in connection
with an Asset Sale Offer made with Excess Proceeds is less than the amount offered in an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use any
remaining Excess Proceeds (any such amount, “Retained Declined Proceeds”) for any purpose not otherwise prohibited
by this Indenture.

 

    91

     

    

 

(h)           If
the Asset Sale Offer Purchase Date is after the taking of a record of the Holders on a record date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a purchased Note is registered
on such record date, and no other interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

(i)            The
Issuer will comply with all applicable securities legislation of Canada and the United States, including, without limitation, the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the 1934 Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent
those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent
that the provisions of any applicable securities laws and regulations conflict with this ‎Section 4.7,
the Issuer will comply with such laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this ‎Section 4.7
by virtue of such compliance.

 

(j)            The
Issuer’s obligation to make an Asset Sale Offer may be waived or modified before or after the occurrence of an Asset Sale
with the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person,
will be governed by ‎Section 5.1 and will not be subject to the provisions
described above in this ‎Section 4.7.

 

Section 4.8.             Transactions
With Affiliates.

 

(a)           The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each,
an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $20.0 million for any Affiliate Transaction
or series of related Affiliate Transactions, unless:

 

(1)            the
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable in the aggregate to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, than those that would reasonably be expected to have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time
by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in an arm’s-length dealing with a Person who is not an Affiliate
of the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

 

(2)            with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$40.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions, as the case may be, complies with this
‎Section 4.8 and
that such Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions, as the case may be, has been approved in good faith by a majority
of the members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

    92

     

    

 

(b)           The
following items will be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and therefore will not be subject to the provisions of ‎Section 4.8(a) hereof:

 

(1)            any
consulting or employment agreement or arrangement, employee or director compensation, stock option, bonus, benefit or other similar
plan, officer or director indemnification, insurance, severance or expense reimbursement arrangement, or any similar arrangement
existing on the Issue Date or thereafter entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
of business and payments and other benefits (including bonuses and retirement, severance, health, stock option, restricted share,
stock appreciation right, phantom right, profit interest, equity incentive and other benefit plans) pursuant thereto;

 

(2)            (i) transactions
between or among the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
such transaction) and (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;
provided that such parent entity shall have no material liabilities and no material assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents
and the Capital Stock of the Issuer) and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture
and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 

(3)            transactions
in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent
Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view
or meets the requirements of ‎Section 4.8(a)(1);

 

(4)            payments,
loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants
or independent contractors for bona fide business purposes or in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)            the
issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to, or the receipt by the Issuer of any capital contribution from,
its shareholders or Affiliates;

 

(6)            Restricted
Payments that are permitted by ‎Section 4.4 and Permitted Investments
(except for Investments made in reliance on clauses (3), (5) and (6) of the definition of Permitted Investments);

 

(7)            any
agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum and to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is
a party as of or on the Issue Date, or as such agreement or arrangement is thereafter amended, supplemented or replaced (so long
as such amendment, supplement or replacement agreement or arrangement is not materially disadvantageous (as determined in good
faith by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) to the holders of the Notes when taken as a whole as compared
to the original agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction or payments contemplated thereby;

 

    93

     

    

 

(8)            transactions
with customers, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates of the Issuer, in each case in the
ordinary course of business and which, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer are on terms at
least as favorable to the Issuer as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(9)            transactions
between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its
directors or officers is also a director or officer of the Issuer; provided that such director abstains from voting as a
director of the Issuer on any such transaction involving such other Person;

 

(10)          any
transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person; provided that no Affiliate
of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall have a beneficial interest or
otherwise participate in such Person;

 

(11)          a
repurchase of Notes held by an Affiliate of the Issuer if repurchased on the same terms as have been offered to all Holders that
are not Affiliates of the Issuer;

 

(12)          payments
by the Issuer and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries made for any transaction or financial advisory, financing, underwriting or
placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with financings, acquisitions
or divestitures), which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors (or comparable
governing body or managers) of the Issuer in good faith (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include payments to Affiliates
of a Permitted Holder);

 

(13)          investments
by Affiliates in Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as non-Affiliates
were also offered the opportunity to invest in such Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests, and transactions with Affiliates
solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or preferred Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, so
long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated
no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

 

(14)          intercompany
transactions undertaken in good faith for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture; and

 

(15)          the
entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that complies with ‎Section 4.4(c)(18)(H) and
the performance under any such agreement or arrangement.

 

Section 4.9.             Issuance
of Note Guarantees.

 

(a)           The
Issuer will cause each Material Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and that guarantees the obligations under the Term
Loan Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor, execute and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D,
and deliver an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, in each case within 30
days of the date on which such Material Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, created, qualified, designated or guaranteed the obligations
under the Term Loan Credit Agreement, as applicable. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary will be a Guarantor for all purposes
of this Indenture, subject to ‎Article X.

 

    94

     

    

 

Section 4.10.           Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)           The
Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that:

 

(1)            immediately
after and giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)            at
the time of the designation, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries could make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the
Fair Market Value of the Subsidiary so designated in compliance with ‎Section 4.4;

 

(3)            at
the time of such designation, to the extent that any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary so designated is not Non-Recourse Debt, any
guarantee or other credit support thereof by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries could be incurred at such time in
compliance with ‎Section 4.3
and ‎Section 4.4;

 

(4)            such
Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless
any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding would, immediately after giving effect to such designation, be permitted
by ‎Section 4.8;
and

 

(5)            such
Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect
obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial
condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results unless such obligation could be performed
by the Issuer in compliance with ‎Section 4.4 (and the maximum
amount of such obligation shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer for purposes of ‎Section 4.4).

 

Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the
resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the preceding conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the
preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of
this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date
and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under ‎Section 4.3,
the Issuer will be in default of ‎Section 4.3.

 

    95

     

    

 

(b)           The
Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that:

 

(1)            immediately
after and giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(2)            such
designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under ‎Section 4.3;

 

(3)            the
aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to
be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and any such designation will only be permitted if the Investment would
be permitted at that time in compliance with ‎Section 4.4;

 

(4)            all
Liens upon property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under
‎Section 4.5; and

 

(5)            such
Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor pursuant to ‎Section 4.9.

 

Section 4.11.           Change
of Control.

 

(a)           If
a Change of Control occurs, unless, prior to, or concurrently with, the time the Issuer is required to make a Change of Control
Offer (as defined below), the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed or delivered, or otherwise sent through electronic transmission,
a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under ‎Section 3.7
or ‎Article VIII, the Issuer
will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”)
at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof
(or such higher amount as the Issuer may determine) plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase,
subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment
Date falling on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date (as defined below). Within 30 days following any Change of Control,
the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee sent
in the same manner, to each Holder to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance
with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

 

(1)            that
a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to ‎Section 4.11
and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)            the
purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 10 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); provided that the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed,
in the Issuer’s discretion, until such time (including more than 60 days after the date such notice. is sent) as any or all
such conditions referred to in ‎Section 4.11(a)(8) shall
be satisfied or waived;

 

    96

     

    

 

(3)            that
any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)            that,
unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)            that
Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed or otherwise in accordance
with the procedures of DTC, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close
of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)            that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided
that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration time of
the Change of Control Offer, an electronic transmission (in PDF), a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
the Holder or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, the principal amount of the Notes tendered for purchase, and
a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)            that
if less than all of such Holder’s Notes are tendered for purchase, such Holder will be issued new Notes and such new Notes
will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that the unpurchased portion of
the Notes must be equal to at least US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess of US$2,000;

 

(8)            if
such notice is sent prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on
the occurrence of such Change of Control and describing each such condition, and, if applicable, stating that, in the Issuer’s
discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied
or waived, or that such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that
any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control
Payment Date as so delayed; and

 

(9)            such
other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this covenant, that a Holder must follow.

 

(b)           While
the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of Notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and
regulations.

 

    97

     

    

 

(c)           The
Issuer will comply with all applicable securities legislation in Canada and the United States including, without limitation, the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the 1934 Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those
laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent
that the provisions of any applicable securities laws and regulations conflict with the provisions of ‎Section 4.11,
the Issuer will comply with such laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this ‎Section 4.11
by virtue of such compliance.

 

(d)           On
the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer or its designated agent will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)            accept
for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)            deposit
with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered;
and

 

(3)            deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal
amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

 

(e)           On
the Change of Control Payment Date, the paying agent will promptly transmit to each Holder of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn
the Change of Control Payment for such tendered Notes, and the Trustee, upon an order of the Issuer, will promptly authenticate
and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount that is US$2,000 or an integral multiple
of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable
after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f)            If
the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued
and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date,
and no other interest will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

 

(g)           The
provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable
whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control,
this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in
the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

(h)           Notwithstanding
the preceding paragraphs of this ‎Section 4.11,
the Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes an offer to purchase
the Notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in substantial compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such
Change of Control Offer, or a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to ‎Section 3.7,
unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, a Change of Control Offer by the Issuer or a third party may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon
the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change
of Control Offer is made.

 

    98

     

    

 

(i)            In
the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not
withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer, Asset Sale Offer or other tender offer and the Issuer (or a third party making
the offer as described above) purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or third
party offeror, as applicable, will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more
than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to such offer described above, to redeem (in the case of the Issuer) or purchase (in
the case of a third party offeror) all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price or purchase
price, as the case may be, equal to the price paid to each other Holder in such offer (which may be less than par) plus, to the
extent not included in such price, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but excluding, the date
of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment
Date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

 

The Issuer’s obligation to make a
Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control may be waived or modified before or after the occurrence of such Change of
Control with the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

Section 4.12.           Maintenance
of Office or Agency for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Notes.

 

So long as any of the Notes shall remain
outstanding, the Issuer will, in accordance with ‎Section 2.2
hereof, maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, or the Registrar) in
the continental U.S. where the Notes may be surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer and where the Notes may be presented
or surrendered for payment. If the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to give such notice of
the location or of any change in the location thereof, such surrenders or presentations may be made at the designated Corporate
Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive at the aforesaid office all such surrenders or presentations.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies in the continental U.S. where Notes may be
presented or surrendered for any and all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give
to Trustee prompt written notice of the location of any such office or agency and of any change of location thereof.

 

Section 4.13.           Appointment
to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee.

 

The Issuer, whenever necessary to avoid
or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in ‎Section 7.7,
a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

 

    99

     

    

 

Section 4.14.           Provision
as to Paying Agent.

 

(a)           If
the Issuer will appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, it will cause such
Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Agent shall undertake, subject to the provisions
of this ‎Section 4.14:

 

 

(1)            that
it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether
such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the
Notes and will notify the Trustee of the receipt of sums to be so held;

 

(2)            that
it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Issuer (or by any other obligor on the Notes) to make any payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when the same shall be due and payable;

 

(3)            that
it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in ‎Section 6.1,
upon the written request of the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it; and

 

(4)            that
it will acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all aspects with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties, rights
and liabilities of such Paying Agent.

 

(b)           If
the Issuer shall not act as its own Paying Agent, it will, by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date of the principal
of or premium, if any, or interest on any Notes, deposit with such Paying Agent a sum in same day funds sufficient to pay the principal
of, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of
Notes entitled to such principal of or premium, if any, or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will
promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

 

(c)           If
the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, by 11:00 a.m., (New York City time) on each due date of the principal of
or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto,
a sum sufficient to pay such principal or premium or interest so becoming due and will notify the Trustee of any failure to take
such action.

 

(d)           Anything
in this ‎Section 4.14 to
the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture,
or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Paying Agent for delivery to the Trustee all sums held in trust by it,
as required by this ‎Section 4.14,
such sums to be delivered by the Paying Agent to the Trustee to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

 

(e)           Anything
in this ‎Section 4.14 to
the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this ‎Section 4.14
is subject to the provisions of ‎Section 8.4 and ‎Section 8.6.

 

(f)            Upon
an Event of Default under ‎Section 6.1(7),
the Trustee shall be the Paying Agent.

 

    100

     

    

 

 

Section 4.15.           Maintenance
of Corporate Existence.

 

So long as any of the Notes shall remain
outstanding, the Issuer will at all times (except as otherwise provided or permitted in ‎Article V
of this Indenture) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.

 

Section 4.16.           [Reserved]

 

Section 4.17.           Compliance
Certificate.

 

(a)           The
Issuer and the Guarantors will deliver to the Trustee within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning
with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, a statement (which need not be an Officer’s Certificate) signed by the
principal executive officer, the principal accounting officer or the principal financial officer of each of the Issuer and the
Guarantors, stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been
made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has
performed its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating whether or not, to the knowledge of the signers, the Issuer
is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (without regard to any period
of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and if any Default or Event of Default occurred during such period. In the
event of any such default, the certificate will describe such default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes
to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)           So
long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any Officer becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.18.           Taxes.

 

The Issuer will pay, and will cause each
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and governmental levies except such
as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment would not have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.19.           Stay,
Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that
may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it
may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort
to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

    101

     

    

 

Section 4.20.           Covenant
Suspension.

 

(a)           If
on any date following the Issue Date (1) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by any two Approved Rating Organizations; and
(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, beginning on that day and at all times thereafter
until the Reinstatement Date (“Suspension Period”), and subject to ‎Section 4.20(c) below,
the provisions of this Indenture set forth in ‎Section 4.3, ‎Section 4.4,
‎Section 4.6, ‎Section 4.7,
‎Section 4.8, ‎Section 4.9
and ‎Section 5.1(a)(4) (collectively, the “Suspended
Covenants”) hereof will be suspended.

 

(b)           During
any Suspension Period, the Board of Directors of the Issuer may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to ‎Section 4.10.

 

(c)           In
the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as
a result of ‎Section 4.20(a) and, on a subsequent date, at least
one of the Approved Rating Organizations which rates the Notes withdraws its Investment Grade rating, or downgrades the rating
assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade rating, or ceases to rate the Notes (in each case, such date, the “Reinstatement
Date”), then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will after the Reinstatement Date again be subject to the Suspended
Covenants with respect to future events for the benefit of the Notes.

 

(d)           On
the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be subject to
‎Section 4.3. To the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock
would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to such covenant, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock will be deemed
to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under ‎Section 4.3(b)(5).

 

(e)           Calculations
made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under ‎Section 4.4
will be made as though ‎Section 4.4
had been in effect from the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension
Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under ‎Section 4.4(a) to
the extent provided therein.

 

(f)            For
purposes of ‎Section 4.6,
on the Reinstatement Date, any contractual encumbrances or restrictions of the type specified in Sections ‎4.6(a)(1) through
‎4.6(a)(3) entered into
(or which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer became legally obligated to enter into) during the Suspension Period
will be deemed to have been in effect on the Issue Date, so that they are permitted under ‎Section 4.6(b)(1).

 

(g)           For
purposes of ‎Section 4.7,
on the Reinstatement Date, the unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero.

 

(h)           For
purposes of ‎Section 4.8,
any contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer entered into (or which
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer became legally obligated to enter into) during the Suspension Period will
be deemed to have been in effect as of the Issue Date for purposes of ‎Section 4.8(b)(5).

 

    102

     

    

 

(i)            Notwithstanding
that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated:

 

(1)            no
Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during
the Suspension Period (or on the Reinstatement Date) or after the Suspension Period based solely on events that occurred during
the Suspension Period; and

 

(2)            neither
(a) the continued existence, after the Reinstatement Date, of facts and circumstances or obligations that were incurred or
otherwise came into existence during a Suspension Period nor (b) the performance of any such obligations, shall constitute
a breach of any covenant set forth in this Indenture or cause a Default or Event of Default thereunder; provided that (I) the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries did not incur or otherwise cause such facts and circumstances or obligations to exist in
anticipation of the Notes ceasing to be rated Investment Grade, and (II) the Issuer reasonably believed that such incurrence
or actions would not result in such ceasing.

 

Section 4.21.           Additional
Amounts.

 

(a)           All
payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor (each a “Payor”) under or with respect to the Notes
or any Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future
Taxes, unless such Payor is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. If
a Payor is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction
in which such Payor is organized, resident or carrying on business for tax purposes or from or through which such Payor makes any
payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any department or political subdivision thereof (each, a “Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction”) from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such Payor, subject to
the exceptions stated below, will pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary such
that the net amount received in respect of such payment by each Holder or Beneficial Holder after such withholding or deduction
(including withholding or deduction attributable to Additional Amounts payable hereunder but excluding Taxes on net income) will
not be less than the amount the Holder or Beneficial Holder, as the case may be, would have received if such Taxes had not been
required to be so withheld or deducted.

 

(b)           A
Payor will not, however, pay Additional Amounts to a Holder or Beneficial Holder with respect to:

 

(1)            Canadian
withholding Taxes imposed on a payment to a Holder or Beneficial Holder with which the Payor does not deal at arm’s length
for the purposes of the Tax Act at the time of making such payment (other than where the non-arm’s length relationship arises
as a result of the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes or any Note Guarantee);

 

(2)            a
debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with whom the applicable Payor is not dealing at arm’s length within
the meaning of the Tax Act (other than where the non-arm’s length relationship arises as a result of the exercise or enforcement
of rights under any Notes or any Note Guarantee);

 

    103

     

    

 

(3)            any
Canadian withholding Taxes imposed on a payment or deemed payment to a Holder or Beneficial Holder by reason of such Holder or
Beneficial Holder being a “specified shareholder” of the Issuer (within the meaning of subsection 18(5) of the
Tax Act) at the time of payment or deemed payment, or by reason of such Holder or Beneficial Holder not dealing at arm’s
length for the purposes of the Tax Act with a “specified shareholder” of the Issuer at the time of payment or deemed
payment (other than where the Holder or Beneficial Holder is a “specified shareholder,” or does not deal at arm’s
length with a “specified shareholder,” as a result of the exercise or enforcement of rights under any Notes or any
Note Guarantee);

 

(4)            Taxes
giving rise to such Additional Amounts that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection
between such Holder (or the Beneficial Holder of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Notes, including
a fiduciary, settler, beneficiary, member, partner, shareholder or other equity interest owner of, or possessor of power over,
such Holder or Beneficial Holder, if such Holder or Beneficial Holder is an estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company,
corporation or other entity) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying
on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction but not including any connection resulting
solely from the acquisition, ownership, or disposition of Notes, the receipt of payments thereunder and/or the exercise or enforcement
of rights under any Notes or any Note Guarantee);

 

(5)            Taxes
giving rise to such Additional Amounts that would not have been imposed but for the failure of such Holder or Beneficial Holder,
to the extent such Holder or Beneficial Holder is legally eligible to do so, to timely satisfy any certification, identification,
information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning such Holder’s or Beneficial Holder’s nationality,
residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or arm’s length relationship with the Payor or otherwise
establish the right to the benefit of an exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, withholding or deduction, if such compliance
is required by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption
from, or reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including,
without limitation, a certification that the Holder or Beneficial Holder is not resident in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction);

 

(6)            any
estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property, excise or any similar Taxes or assessment;

 

(7)            any
Taxes that were imposed with respect to any payment on a Note to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or person other than
the sole beneficial owner of such payment and to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been
imposed on such payment had the Holder been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of such Note;

 

    104

     

    

 

(8)            Taxes
imposed on, or deducted or withheld from, payments in respect of the Notes if such payments could have been made without such imposition,
deduction or withholding of such Taxes had such Notes been presented for payment (where presentation is required) within 30 days
after the date on which such payments or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided
for, whichever is later (except to the extent such Holder or Beneficial Holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts
had such Notes been presented on the last day of such 30 day period);

 

(9)            any
Tax which is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note
Guarantee;

 

(10)          any
Taxes that are imposed or withheld as a result of the presentation of any Note for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial
Holder who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant Note to another paying agent;

 

(11)          any
Taxes imposed under FATCA; or

 

(12)          any
combination of the foregoing subclauses ‎(1) through ‎(11).

 

(c)           At
least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee is due
and payable, if a Payor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment (unless such obligation to pay
Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to the date on which such payment is due and payable, in which case it will
be promptly thereafter), the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts
will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such
Additional Amounts to Holders and/or Beneficial Holders on the payment date.

 

(d)           The
Issuer will indemnify and hold harmless the Holders and Beneficial Holders of the Notes for the amount of any Taxes under Regulation
803 of the Tax Act, or any similar or successor provision (other than Taxes described in subclauses (1) through (12) above
(but including, notwithstanding subclause (9), any Taxes payable pursuant to Regulation 803 of the Tax Act) or Taxes arising by
reason of a transfer of the Note to a person resident in Canada with whom the transferor does not deal at arm’s length for
the purposes of the Tax Act except where such non-arm’s length relationship arises as a result of the exercise or enforcement
of rights under any Notes or any Note Guarantee) levied or imposed on and paid by such a Holder or Beneficial Holder as a result
of payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee.

 

(e)           In
addition, the Payor will pay any stamp, issue, registration, court, documentation, excise or other similar taxes, charges and duties,
including any interest, penalties and any similar liabilities with respect thereto, imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
at any time in respect of the execution, issuance, registration, delivery or enforcement of the Notes (other than on or in connection
with a transfer of the Notes other than the initial sale by an Initial Purchaser), any Note Guarantee or any other document or
instrument referred to thereunder and any such taxes, charges or duties imposed by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on any payments
made pursuant to the Notes or any Note Guarantee and/or any other such document or instrument (limited, solely in the case of taxes,
charges or duties attributable to any payments with respect thereto, to any such taxes, charges or duties imposed in a Relevant
Taxing Jurisdiction that are not excluded under Sections ‎4.21(b)(5) through
‎(8) and ‎(10) and
‎(11)).

 

    105

     

    

 

(f)            The
obligations under this ‎Section 4.21
will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person
to any Payor and to any jurisdiction in which such successor is organized or is otherwise resident or doing business for tax purposes
or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by such successor or its respective agents. Whenever this Indenture refers
to, in any context, the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any
Note, such reference shall include the payment of Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described hereunder, if applicable.

 

Article V

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

 

Section 5.1.             Amalgamation,
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

 

(a)           The
Issuer may not, in any transaction or series of transactions: (I) amalgamate, merge or consolidate with or into another Person
(whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person); or (II) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or
more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

 

(1)            either:

 

(A)            the
Issuer is the surviving entity; or

 

(B)            the
Person formed by or surviving any such amalgamation, merger or consolidation (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of
Canada or any province thereof or the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

(2)            the
Person formed by or surviving any such amalgamation, merger or consolidation (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer
under the Notes and this Indenture either by operation of law or pursuant to an assumption agreement or other instrument reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)            immediately
after such transaction or series of transactions, and giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions, no Default
or Event of Default exists;

 

(4)            on
the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred
at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period, either (A) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such
amalgamation, merger or consolidation (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease
or other disposition has been made, will be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to either the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test or the Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in ‎Section 4.3(a) or
(B) either (x) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is equal to or greater than it was immediately prior thereto or (y) the
Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or less than the Consolidated Net
Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; and

 

    106

     

    

 

(5)            the
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel stating that such transaction and, if an assumption agreement
or other instrument is required in connection with such transaction, such assumption agreement or other instrument, complies with
Sections ‎5.1(a)(1) and
‎5.1(a)(2), and (ii) an
Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained in this Indenture relating to such transaction have
been complied with.

 

(b)           A
Guarantor may not, in any transaction or series of transactions: (I) amalgamate, consolidate or merge with or into another
Person (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person); or (II) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to another Person, other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer (in the case of either (I) or (II) above), unless:

 

(1)            immediately
after giving effect to that transaction, and giving pro forma effect to any related financing transactions, no Default or Event
of Default exists;

 

(2)            either:

 

(A)            the
Person acquiring the property in any such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition or the Person formed
by or surviving any such amalgamation, merger or consolidation assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Note Guarantee,
either by operation of law or pursuant to an assumption agreement or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or

 

(B)            such
sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition does not violate ‎Section 4.7;
and

 

(3)            the
Issuer has delivered to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel stating that such transaction and, if an assumption agreement
or other instrument is required in connection with such transaction, such assumption agreement or other instrument, complies with
‎Section 5.1(b)(2)(A) and (ii) an Officer’s
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

(c)           For
purposes of this ‎Section 5.1, transfers among or between the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be disregarded.

 

Section 5.2.             Successor
Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or amalgamation,
or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or a Guarantor in accordance with ‎Section 5.1
hereof, the successor formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made (in each case, if not the Issuer or such Guarantor,
as applicable) shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture,
the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as
applicable, herein and shall be substituted for the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable (so that from and after the date of
such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of
this Indenture referring to the “Issuer” and the “Guarantor,” as applicable, shall refer instead to the
successor and not to the predecessor); and thereafter, except in the case of such a disposition by way of a lease, the Issuer or
such Guarantor shall be discharged and released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees, other with respect to any Additional Amounts owing.

 

    107

     

    

 

Article VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.1.             Events
of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “Event
of Default”:

 

(1)            default
for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

 

(2)            default
in the payment when due (at Stated Maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(3)            failure
by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with any of the other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred
to in Section 6.1‎(1) or Section 6.1‎(2))
in this Indenture for 60 days after written notice has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee
by the Holders of at least 30% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

 

(4)            default
under any other mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee existed on the Issue Date, or is created after the Issue
Date, if that default:

 

(A)            is
caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the applicable grace or cure period after
final maturity provided in such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(B)            results
in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity;

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default, which
remains outstanding or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates an amount greater than $50.0 million; provided
that if any such Payment Default is cured or waived or any such acceleration is rescinded, as the case may be, such Event of Default
under this Indenture and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission
does not conflict with any judgment or decree;

 

    108

     

    

 

(5)            failure
by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of an amount greater than $50.0
million in cash rendered against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by a court of competent jurisdiction, which judgments
are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgments becomes final and non-appealable;

 

(6)            except
as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable
or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee;

 

(7)            the
Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)            commences
a voluntary case or proceeding;

 

(B)            applies
for or consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(C)            applies
for or consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets; or

 

(D)            makes
a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(8)            a
court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)            is
for relief against the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries as debtor in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(B)            appoints
a Custodian of the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a Custodian for all or substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or

 

(C)            orders
the liquidation of the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries;

 

and, in any such case, the order or decree
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days and, in the case of the insolvency of a Significant Subsidiary, such Significant
Subsidiary remains a Significant Subsidiary on such 60th day.

 

    109

     

    

 

Section 6.2.             Acceleration
of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

In the case of an Event of Default specified
in ‎Section 6.1(7) or ‎Section 6.1(8),
all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare to
be immediately due and payable, by notice in writing to the Issuer and (if given by the Holders) to the Trustee, the principal
amount of all the Notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of acceleration; provided, however, that
after any such declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
may rescind and annul such declaration if: (a) all existing Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal
of, interest and premium (if any) on the Notes that have become due solely by the declaration of acceleration, have been cured
or waived; and (b) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice
of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or
Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest.

 

Section 6.3.             Other
Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the Notes or
to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even
if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee
or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute
a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative
to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.4.             Waiver
of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice
to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the
principal of, the Notes or a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under ‎Section 9.2 cannot
be amended without the consent of each Holder affected.

 

Section 6.5.             Control
by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any
remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to ‎Section 7.1
hereof, that is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided,
however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.
Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnification satisfactory to it against all loss,
liability and expense caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

    110

     

    

 

Section 6.6.             Limitation
on Suits.

 

Except to enforce payment of the principal
of, and premium (if any) or interest on any Note on or after the Stated Maturity of such Note (after giving effect to the grace
periods specified in ‎Section 6.1(1) and
‎Section 6.1(2)), a Holder will not have any right
to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy
thereunder, unless the Trustee:

 

(1)            shall
have failed to act for a period of 60 days after previously receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default from such
Holder and a request to act from Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

 

(2)            has
been offered indemnity and funding thereof, if requested, satisfactory to the Trustee in its reasonable judgment; and

 

(3)            during
such 60 day period, has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding
a direction inconsistent with such request.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice
the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does
not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such use by a Holder prejudices the rights of any other Holders or
obtains preference or priority over such other Holders).

 

Section 6.7.             Rights
of Holders to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture, the contractual right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held
by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment
on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. For the avoidance of doubt,
no amendment to, or deletion or waiver of, ‎Article IV
(other than ‎Section 4.1), or any action
taken by the Issuer or any Guarantor that is not prohibited under this Indenture, shall be deemed to impair or affect any rights
of any Holder of Notes to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes.

 

Section 6.8.             Collection
Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in ‎Section 6.1(1) or
‎Section 6.1(2) hereof occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the
whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for
in ‎Section 7.6 hereof to cover the costs and expenses
of collection, including the reasonable compensation, disbursement and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

    111

     

    

 

Section 6.9.             Trustee
May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim
and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed
in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor or their respective creditors or properties, and any Custodian
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under ‎Section 7.6
hereof. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf
of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.           Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money or property
pursuant to this ‎Article VI, it shall pay out
the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the payment of all amounts
due to the Trustee under ‎Section 7.6 hereof;

 

Second: to Holders for amounts
due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest and premium, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest and premium, if any, respectively; and

 

Third: to the Issuer or to such
party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this ‎Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11.           Undertaking
for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right
or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in
its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in
the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This ‎Section 6.11
does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to ‎Section 6.7
hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

    112

     

    

 

Article VII

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.1.             Duties
of Trustee.

 

(a)           If
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture
and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b)           Except
during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
Trustee; and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements
and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to
the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates and opinions which by any provision hereof or thereof
are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether
or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations
or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)           The
Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct,
except that:

 

(1)            this
‎Section 7.1(c) does
not limit the effect of ‎Section 7.1(b) hereof;

 

(2)            the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)            the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
by it pursuant to ‎Section 6.5
hereof.

 

(d)           Whether
or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this
‎Section 7.1.

 

(e)           The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

 

(f)            Money
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)           No
provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate security or indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.

 

Section 7.2.             Rights
of Trustee.

 

(a)           The
Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee
need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

    113

     

    

 

(b)           Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall
not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer’s Certificate or Opinion
of Counsel or both. Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Order
and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(c)           The
Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed
with due care. No Depositary shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission
by any Depositary.

 

(d)           The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within
its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)           The
Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture
and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or
suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)            Except
for a default under ‎Section 6.1(1) or
‎Section 6.1(2) hereof
(provided that the Trustee is the Paying Agent), the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any default or event of default
unless written notice is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the
Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a notice of Default or Event of Default.

 

(g)           In
no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, incidental, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage
of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of
the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(h)           The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(i)            The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified,
are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other
Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)            The
Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 

    114

     

    

 

(k)           The
Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized
at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Section 7.3.             Individual
Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other
capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the
TIA) after a Default has occurred and is continuing, it must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days, (ii) apply to
the Commission for permission to continue or (iii) resign. The Trustee is also subject to Sections ‎7.9
and ‎7.10 hereof.

 

Section 7.4.             Trustee’s
Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for
and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the
Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received
by any Paying Agent (other than itself as Paying Agent), and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this
Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate
of authentication.

 

Section 7.5.             Notice
of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs
and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail (or in the case of Global Notes,
deliver electronically in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary) to each Holder notice of the Default or
Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default relating to payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note (including payments pursuant to the redemption or required repurchase provisions
of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its board of directors, the executive committee of its board
of directors or a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

Section 7.6.             Compensation
and Indemnity.

 

(a)           The
Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to
time agree upon in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and
advances incurred or made by it, including but not limited to the costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports,
certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel (in the
case of Canadian counsel, on a solicitor-client, full-indemnity basis) retained by the Trustee in connection with the delivery
of an Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents and counsel (and in the case of Canadian counsel,
on a solicitor-client, full-indemnity basis). The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee (in its individual and trustee
capacities) and its officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents against any and all loss, liability, claims, action,
suit, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees (and in the case of Canadian attorneys, on a solicitor-client,
full-indemnity basis)) of any kind and nature whatsoever incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including
this ‎Section 7.6) and
of defending itself against any claims or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder or thereunder (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly
of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its
obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the
fees and expenses of such counsel (and in the case of Canadian counsel, on a solicitor-client, full-indemnity basis). The Issuer
is not required to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability claim, suit, cost or expense incurred by the
Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

    115

     

    

 

(b)           To
secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this ‎Section 7.6,
the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or
property held in trust to pay principal of, premium (if any) and interest on particular Notes.

 

(c)           The
Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this ‎Section 7.6
shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after
the occurrence of a Default specified in ‎Section 6.1(7) hereof
with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 7.7.             Replacement
of Trustee.

 

(a)           A
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this ‎Section 7.7.

 

(b)           The
Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes
may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the
Trustee if: (i) the Trustee fails to comply with ‎Section 7.9
hereof; (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; (iii) a Custodian or other public officer takes charge of
the Trustee or its property; or (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

(c)           If
the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes and
such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason
(the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

    116

     

    

 

 

(d)            A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers
and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail or deliver electronically a notice of its succession
to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject
to the lien provided for in ‎Section 7.6 hereof.

 

(e)            If
a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee
or the Holders of 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)             If
the Trustee fails to comply with ‎Section 7.9 hereof after written
notice thereto, the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(g)            Notwithstanding
the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this ‎Section 7.7,
the Issuer’s obligations under ‎Section 7.6 hereof shall continue
for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.8.         Successor
Trustee by Merger.

 

(a)            If
the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets
to, another Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

(b)            If
at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt
the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and if at that time any
of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of
any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

Section 7.9.         Eligibility;
Disqualification.

 

The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the
requirements of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(a) with the same effect as if this Indenture were qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws
of the U.S. or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to
supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus (together with its Affiliates)
of at least $15 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust
Indenture Act Section 310(b) with the same effect as if this Indenture were qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

    117

     

    

 

Section 7.10.       Preferential
Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture
Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

Article VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.1.         Discharge
of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.

 

(a)            Subject
to ‎Section 8.1(c) hereof, this Indenture will cease to be of
further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder when (i) either (x) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter
repaid to the Issuer, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (y) all Notes that have not been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the sending of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will
become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust
funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination of cash in
U.S. dollars and Government Securities, in amounts as will be sufficient to pay and discharge the principal, premium, if any, and
accrued interest to the date of final maturity or redemption, (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the
borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, any other material instrument to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party or by which the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary is bound, (iii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Indenture,
and (iv) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment
of such Notes at Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

(b)            Subject
to ‎Section 8.2 hereof, the Issuer at its option at any time may terminate
(i) all its obligations, except as specified in ‎Section 8.1(c) hereof,
under the Notes and this Indenture and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to their Note Guarantees (“legal
defeasance option”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall
no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under ‎Section 4.2,
‎Section 4.3, ‎Section 4.4,
‎Section 4.5, ‎Section 4.6,
‎Section 4.7, ‎Section 4.8,
‎Section 4.9 and ‎Section 4.11
hereof, except to the extent such obligations are imposed by ‎Section 5.1(a)(4) hereof,
and the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in
any such Section, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason
of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document and the operation of Section 6.1(3),
Section 6.1(4), Section 6.1(5), Section 6.1(6) and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute
an Event of Default (this clause (ii) being referred to as the “covenant defeasance option”), but otherwise
the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option
notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or its
covenant defeasance option, each Guarantor shall be released from its obligations with respect to its Note Guarantee as provided
in ‎Section 10.10 hereof.

 

    118

     

    

 

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance
option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance
option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(3), Section 6.1(4) and
Section 6.1(5) hereof or the failure of the Issuer to comply with ‎Section 5.1(a)(4).

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set
forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the
Issuer terminates, on demand of the Issuer (accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may
be, have been complied with) and at the cost and expense of the Issuer.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding
the provisions of ‎Section 8.1(a))
and ‎Section 8.1(b) hereof, the obligations of the Issuer in ‎Section 2.3,
‎Section 2.4, ‎Section 2.5,
‎Section 2.6, ‎Section 2.7,
‎Section 2.9, ‎Section 7.6,
‎Section 7.7 hereof, and in this ‎Article VIII
shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the following provisions shall survive until otherwise terminated
or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)            the
rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in ‎Section 8.2;

 

(2)            the
Issuer’s obligations concerning issuing temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost, or stolen Notes and the maintenance
of a register in respect of the Notes;

 

(3)            the
rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)            this
‎Section 8.1.

 

Section 8.2.         Conditions
to Defeasance.

 

The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance
option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 

(1)            the
Issuer shall have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds or property in trust for the purpose of making
payment on such Notes an amount of cash or Government Securities as will, together with the income to accrue thereon and reinvestment
thereof, be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public
accountants, to pay, satisfy and discharge the entire principal, interest, if any, premium, if any and any other sums due to the
Stated Maturity or an optional redemption date of the Notes;

 

(2)            no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of
Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowing);

 

    119

     

    

 

(3)            the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with
the intent of preferring the Holders over its other creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, or defrauding
any of its other creditors or others;

 

(4)            the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, (a) an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Trustee in its reasonable judgment
or an advance tax ruling from the Canada Revenue Agency (or successor agency) to the effect that the Holders of outstanding Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance,
as the case may be, and will be subject to Canadian federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner, and at the same
times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, had not occurred; (b) in
the case of legal defeasance, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Trustee in its reasonable judgment to the effect that (i) the
Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the Issue Date,
there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such
Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred; and (c) in the
case of covenant defeasance, an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Trustee in its reasonable judgment to the effect that the
Holders of outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant
defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been in the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(5)            the
Issuer shall have satisfied the Trustee that it has paid, caused to be paid or made provisions for the payment of all applicable
expenses of the Trustee;

 

(6)            such
legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under,
any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; and

 

(7)            the
Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent relating to the
legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

Section 8.3.         Delivery
and Application of Trust Money.

 

The Trustee shall hold in trust money or
Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this ‎Article VIII.
It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Securities in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of
principal, premium, if any, of and interest on the Notes.

 

    120

     

    

 

Any funds or obligations deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to this ‎Article VIII
shall be (a) denominated in the currency or denomination of the Notes in respect of which such deposit is made, (b) irrevocable,
subject to certain exceptions, and (c) made under the terms of an escrow and/or trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory
to the Trustee and which provides for the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes
being satisfied.

 

Section 8.4.         Repayment
to Company.

 

The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall
promptly turn over to the Issuer upon receipt of an Issuer Order any excess money or securities held by them upon payment of all
the obligations under this Indenture.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property
law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal
of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years (or any such money then held by the Issuer
or any Subsidiary shall be discharged from any trust hereunder), and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the
Issuer for payment as unsecured general creditors; provided, however, that, if any Definitive Notes are then outstanding, the Trustee
or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published
once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that,
after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed
balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

Section 8.5.         Indemnity
for Government Securities.

 

The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify
the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited Government Securities or the principal
and interest received on such Government Securities.

 

Section 8.6.         Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable
to apply any money in accordance with this ‎Article VIII
by reason of any legal proceeding or any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the affected Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no money had been deposited pursuant to this ‎Article VIII
until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance
with this ‎Article VIII; provided that if
the Issuer has made any payment in respect of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Notes or, as applicable, other amounts
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive
such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee.

 

    121

     

    

 

Article IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1.         Without
Consent of Holders.

 

Notwithstanding ‎Section 9.2
of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees
without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(1)            to
cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)            to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided, that the uncertificated Notes are
issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

 

(3)            to
provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of an amalgamation,
merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s assets or otherwise to
comply with ‎Section 5.1;

 

(4)            to
add a co-issuer of the Notes, to add any additional Guarantors or to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations
under its Note Guarantee to the extent that such release is permitted by this Indenture, or to secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees
or add collateral with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)            to
conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes”
set forth in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision
of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

 

(6)            to
provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture;

 

(7)            to
surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders of Notes or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
or

 

(8)            to
evidence or provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee.

 

Section 9.2.         With
Consent of Holders.

 

(a)            Except
as provided in this ‎Section 9.2,
the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the affirmative votes of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount
of the Notes represented and voting at a meeting of Holders, or by a resolution in writing of the Holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or offer to purchase, or exchange offer for, Notes):

 

    122

     

    

 

(1)            this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees may each be amended or supplemented; and

 

(2)            any
existing Default or Event of Default or lack of compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees
may be waived.

 

(b)            Without
the consent of, or a resolution passed by the affirmative votes of or signed by, each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement
or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)            reduce
the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)            reduce
the principal of any Note or change the time for payment thereof;

 

(3)            reduce
the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)            make
any Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(5)            waive
a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission
of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(6)            amend
the contractual right expressly set forth in the Indenture and the Notes of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of
any payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Holders’ Notes on or after the due dates therefor;

 

(7)            modify
or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in
any manner adverse to the Holders;

 

(8)            release
any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture; or

 

(9)            modify
these amending provisions.

 

Any item of business referred to in this
Indenture requiring the written approval or consent of the Holders may be obtained by means of the affirmative vote of the requisite
Holders represented at a duly constituted meeting of Holders or a resolution in writing of the requisite Holders of Notes then
outstanding.

 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary
under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if the consent approves
the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver
under this ‎Section 9.2 becomes effective, the
Issuer shall send to each Holder of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such
notice to any or all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of any amendment, supplement or waiver
under this ‎Section 9.2.

 

    123

     

    

 

Section 9.3.         Revocation
and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder
of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent
is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note
if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated
to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If
a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their
duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke
any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall
be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been
obtained.

 

Section 9.4.         Notation
on or Exchange of Notes.

 

If an amendment or supplement changes the
terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate
notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines,
the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate a new Note
that reflects the changed terms, but the failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity
and effect of such amendment or supplement.

 

Section 9.5.         Trustee
to Sign Amendments.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment or
supplement authorized pursuant to this ‎Article IX if
the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, powers, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If
it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment or supplement the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to
‎Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the execution of such amendment or supplement
is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

    124

     

    

 

Article X

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.1.       Note
Guarantees.

 

Subject to this ‎Article X,
each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors
and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder
or thereunder, the full and punctual payment of principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due, whether at Stated
Maturity, or upon redemption, required repurchase pursuant to ‎Section 4.7
or ‎Section 4.11 hereof, acceleration or
otherwise, and all other monetary obligations owing by the Issuer under this Indenture (including obligations owing to the Trustee)
and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Obligations”). The Guarantors further
agree that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from the Guarantors,
and that the Guarantors will remain bound under this ‎Article X
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason,
the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to promptly pay the same. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee
of payment and not a guarantee of collection. All payments under each Note Guarantee will be made in U.S. dollars.

 

The Guarantors waive presentation to, demand
of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Obligations and also waive notice of protest for nonpayment. The Guarantors
waive notice of any Default under the Notes or the Obligations. The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected
by: (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the
Issuer or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any
extension or renewal of any Obligation; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment, modification or supplement of any of the
terms or provisions of this Indenture (other than this ‎Article X),
the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any other agreement; (iv) the release of security, if any, held by any Holder or the Trustee
for the Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any
other guarantor of the Obligations; (vi) any change in the ownership of the Issuer; or (vii) any other act or thing or
omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantors
or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantors as a matter of law or equity, except for payment of the Notes in full.

 

The Guarantors, jointly and severally, further
agree that their Note Guarantees herein constitute a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waive
any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to security, if any, held for payment of the Obligations.

 

The obligations of the Guarantors hereunder
shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (except to the extent provided in ‎Section 10.2
hereof), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense,
setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Obligations or otherwise.

 

The Guarantors, jointly and severally, further
agree that their Note Guarantees herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment,
or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy
or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

    125

     

    

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not
in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against the Guarantors by virtue hereof,
upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption,
required repurchase, acceleration or otherwise, the Guarantors hereby promise to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the
Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal
amount of such Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by
law) and (iii) all other monetary Obligations of the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustee.

 

The Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree
that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of
the Obligations may be accelerated as provided in ‎Article VI
for the purposes of the Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration
in respect of the Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in
‎Article VI, such Obligations (whether or
not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purposes of this ‎Section 10.1.

 

The Guarantors, jointly and severally, also
agree to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder
in enforcing any rights under this ‎Section 10.1.

 

The Note Guarantee issued by any Guarantor
shall be a general senior unsecured obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing
and future senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

 

Section 10.2.       Limitation
on Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of
Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act, the Fraudulent Preferences Act (Alberta), the Statute of Elizabeth or any similar federal, provincial
or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and
the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will,
after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under
such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf
of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this ‎Article X,
result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.3.       Execution
and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth
in ‎Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees
that this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture substantially in form of Exhibit D hereof) will be executed on behalf
of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

 

    126

     

    

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note
Guarantee set forth in ‎Section 10.1 will remain
in full force and effect notwithstanding any absence of a notation of such Note Guarantee on any Note.

 

If an officer whose signature is on this
Indenture (or a supplemental indenture substantially in form of Exhibit D hereof) no longer holds that office at the
time the Trustee authenticates a Note, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee,
after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf
of the Guarantors.

 

In the event that the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Issuer shall comply with the
provisions of ‎Section 4.9 hereof and this
‎Article X, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.4.       Successors
and Assigns.

 

Except as otherwise provided in ‎Section 10.9
hereof, this ‎Article X shall be binding
upon the Guarantors and their successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee
and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights in accordance with the terms of this Indenture by any
Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically
extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture, the Notes and
the Note Guarantees.

 

Section 10.5.       No
Waiver.

 

Neither a failure nor a delay on the part
of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this ‎Article X
shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any
right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative
and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this ‎Article X
at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

Section 10.6.       Right
of Contribution.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the
extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Guarantor shall be
entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share
of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this ‎Article X.
The provisions of this ‎Section 10.6 shall in no
respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable
to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

 

    127

     

    

 

Section 10.7.       No
Subrogation.

 

Notwithstanding any payment or payments
made by any of the Guarantors hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to exercise any rights of subrogation it may have to any
of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or
right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled
to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor
hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Obligations are paid in full.
If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall
not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from
other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact
form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

 

Section 10.8.       Benefits
Acknowledged.

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will
receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and
waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 10.9.       Modification.

 

No modification, amendment or waiver of
any provision of this ‎Article X, nor the
consent to any departure by the Guarantors therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance
with ‎Article IX hereof. No notice to or
demand on the Guarantors in any case shall entitle the Guarantors to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar
or other circumstances.

 

Section 10.10.     Release
of Note Guarantees.

 

(a)            A
Guarantor will be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee upon the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            in
the event of (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor, by way of consolidation,
merger, amalgamation, dividend, distribution or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such
transaction) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that upon the completion of such sale or other disposition, such Guarantor
ceases to exist, or (ii) a sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor such that it ceases to be a Restricted
Subsidiary, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) to the extent that such sale or other disposition
is permitted under this Indenture;

 

(2)            the
release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Guarantor with respect to its obligations under the Term
Loan Credit Agreement, except a discharge or release by or a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation;

 

    128

     

    

 

(3)            if
such Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, upon
the effectiveness of such designation;

 

(4)            upon
payment in full in cash of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes; or

 

(5)            upon
the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance or covenant defeasance option in accordance with ‎Section 8.1(b) hereof
or the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture otherwise being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b)            Upon
delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate stating that any of the conditions described in Sections
‎10.10(a)(1) through (a)‎(5) has
occurred, the Trustee shall execute any supplemental indenture or other documents reasonably requested by the Issuer in order to
evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture.

 

Article XI

[Reserved]

 

Article XII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1.       Notices.

 

Any notice or communication shall be in
writing in the English language and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, facsimile or overnight air courier guaranteeing
next day delivery, addressed as follows (unless the Issuer and the Trustee agree to another method of delivery):

 

if to the Issuer or the Guarantors:

 

GFL Environmental Inc.

100 New Park Place, Suite 500

Vaughan, Ontario L4K 0H9

Canada

Attention: Patrick Dovigi

Email: pdovigi@gflenv.com

Facsimile: (416) 673-9385

 

    129

     

    

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

8742 Lucent Boulevard, Suite 225, Highlands Ranch, CO 80129

Attention: Corporate Trust Department – GFL

Email: corporate.trust@computershare.com; jerry.urbanek@computershare.com 

Facsimile: (303) 262-0608

 

with a copy to:

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

480 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: (201) 680-4610

 

The Issuer or the Guarantors, by notice
to the Trustee, or the Trustee by notice to the Issuer and the Guarantors, may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder
shall be delivered to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar by first
class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its
address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or any Note, where
this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether
by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee) pursuant
to the customary procedures of such Depositary.

 

All notices and communications shall be
deemed to have been duly given; at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) Business Days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; (other than those sent to Holders) when confirmation is received, if facsimiled;
and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Failure to deliver a notice or communication
to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is
delivered in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

Section 12.2.       Communication
by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Holders may communicate with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with
the same effect as if this Indenture were qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 12.3.       Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer
to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: (i) an
Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in ‎Section 12.4
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
to the proposed action have been complied with; and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth
in ‎Section 12.4 hereof) stating that, in the opinion
of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

    130

     

    

 

Section 12.4.       Statements
Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect
to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: (i) a statement that the individual
making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope
of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (iii) a
statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him
to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (iv) a statement
as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

Section 12.5.       When
Notes Disregarded.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying
on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be
so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

Section 12.6.       Legal
Holidays.

 

A “Legal Holiday” is
a day that is not a Business Day. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, if
a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue for the intervening period. If a record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

Section 12.7.       Governing
Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

 

(a)            THIS
INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES ARE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(b)            The
Issuer, each of the Guarantors and the Trustee agree that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture,
the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court located in The City of New York and County
of New York, and waives any objection that such party may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding,
and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding.

 

    131

     

    

 

 

(c)            The
Issuer and each of the Guarantors has appointed Corporation Services Company, located 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210,
New York, New York 10036-8401, United States, as their authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process
may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of
New York, New York, expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any other
requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Issuer
and each of the Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process
and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, which may be necessary to
continue such appointment in full force and effect as stated above. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice
of such service to the Issuer shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuer and each of the Guarantors.

 

Section 12.8. Waiver
of Jury Trial.

 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE
TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.9. Force
Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible
or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or
military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications
or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent
with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 12.10. No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

 

No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator, member, partner, trustee, beneficiary or shareholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates,
as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, or the Note
Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 12.11. Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuer and (except
as otherwise provided in ‎Section 10.9 hereof) the Guarantors
in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this
Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

    132

     

    

 

Section 12.12. Multiple
Originals; Counterparts.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies
of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy
is enough to prove this Indenture. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute
one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute
effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for
all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures
for all purposes. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and
words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed
to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal
effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping
system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

 

Section 12.13. Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture
or in the Notes or the Note Guarantees is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14. Table
of Contents; Headings.

 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet
and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended
to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.15. No
Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret
any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan
or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.16. Acts
of Holders.

 

(a)            Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken
by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders
in person or by agents duly appointed in writing, and may be given or obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for, outstanding Notes; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective
when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such
instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act”
of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any
such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer if made
in the manner provided in this ‎Section 12.16.

 

    133

     

    

 

(b)            The
fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such
execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying
that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof. Where
such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also
constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority
of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this ‎Section 12.16, the principal
amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the
Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in ‎Section 2.3.

 

(d)            If
the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act,
the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, fix in advance a record date for the determination
of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer
shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution,
which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith
or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to ‎Section 2.5
and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at
the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the
requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record
date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective
unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

 

(e)            Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or
in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether
or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(f)            Without
limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself
with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do
so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

 

    134

     

    

 

(g)            For
purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders which may be taken in writing may be taken by electronic means or as otherwise
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Section 12.17. Indemnification
for Non-U.S. Dollar Currency Judgments.

 

(a)            The
obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to any Holder of Notes or the Trustee shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency
(the “Judgment Currency”) other than U.S. dollars (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged
only to the extent that on the first Business Day following receipt by such Holder of Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be,
of any amount in the Judgment Currency, such Holder of Notes or the Trustee may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase
the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency in New York, New York. If the amount of the Agreement Currency that could be
so purchased is less than the amount originally to be paid to such Holder of Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, in the Agreement
Currency, the Issuer and each Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding such judgment, to pay to such Holder
of Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, the difference, and if the amount of the Agreement Currency that could be so purchased
exceeds the amount originally to be paid to such Holder of Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, such Holder of Notes or the
Trustee, as the case may be, agrees to pay to or for the account of the Issuer such excess, provided that such Holder of Notes
or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall not have any obligation to pay any such excess as long as a default by the Issuer or
any Guarantor in its obligations in respect of its obligations to pay when due any principal of, or interest, premium, if any,
liquidated damages, if any, or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, or any other amounts due under this Indenture or the Note
Guarantees has occurred and is continuing, in which case such excess may be applied by such Holder of Notes or the Trustee, as
the case may be, to such payment obligations.

 

(b)            The
provisions of this ‎Section 12.17
shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted to the Issuer or any Guarantor from time to time and shall continue in full
force and effect notwithstanding any payment by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor, and any amount due from the Issuer
under this ‎Section 12.17
will be due as a separate payment and shall not be affected by any judgment obtained or claims made for any other sums due under
or in respect of this Indenture.

 

Section 12.18. Interest
Act (Canada)

 

Solely for purposes of disclosure under
the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest to which interest is calculated under a Note for any period in any calendar
year (the “Calculation Period”) is equivalent to the rate payable under a Note in respect of the Calculation
Period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days in such calendar year and the denominator of
which is the actual number of days in the Calculation Period.

 

[Signatures on following pages]

 

    135

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

	 	GFL ENVIRONMENTAL INC. 
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Patrick Dovigi
	 	 	Name:	Patrick Dovigi
	 	 	Title:	President and Chief Executive Officer

 

GFL
Infrastructure Group Inc.

GFL
Environmental Real Property, Inc.

GFL
Environmental USA Inc.

GFL
Environmental Services USA, Inc.

Wrangler
Super Holdco Corp.

Wrangler
Holdco Corp.

Wrangler
Intermediate LLC

Wrangler
Buyer LLC

Wrangler
Finance Corp.

Waste
Industries USA, LLC

Alpine
Holdings, Inc.

Alpine
Disposal, Inc.

Five
Part Development, LLC

Mountain
States Packaging, LLC

Black
Creek Renewable Energy, LLC

ETC
of Georgia, LLC

Haw
River LandCo, LLC

L&L
Disposal, LLC

Lakeway
LandCo, LLC

Lakeway
Sanitation & Recycling C&D, LLC

Lakeway
Sanitation & Recycling MSW, LLC

Laurens
County Landfill, LLC

Ponderosa
Landco, LLC

Red
Rock Disposal, LLC

Safeguard
Landfill Management, LLC

Sampson
County Disposal, LLC

Southeastern
Disposal, LLC

TransWaste
Services, LLC

Waste
Industries Renewable Energy, LLC

Wake
County Disposal, LLC

Wake
Reclamation, LLC

Waste
Industries Atlanta, LLC

Waste
Industries of Delaware, LLC

Waste
Industries of Maryland, LLC

Waste
Industries of Pennsylvania, LLC

Waste
Industries of Tennessee, LLC

 

[Signature
Page to Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

Waste
Industries, LLC

Waste
Services of Decatur, LLC

WI
Burnt Poplar Transfer, LLC

WI
High Point Landfill, LLC

WI
Shiloh Landfill, LLC

WI
Taylor County Disposal, LLC

Wilmington
LandCo, LLC

Bestway
Recycling, Inc.

Soil
Safe of California, Inc.

SOIL
SAFE, INC.

North
Andrews Employment Park, LLC

South
Andrews Employment Park, LLC

CWV
Holdco, Inc.

County
Waste, LLC

County
Waste of Pennsylvania, LLC

County
Waste Southwest Virginia, LLC

County
Waste Fredericksburg, LLC

J&E
Recycling, LLC

County
Recycling, LLC

Earl
Holdings, LLC

Mead
Holdings, LLC

County
Waste of Virginia, LLC

American
Waste, Inc.

American
Waste Transfer Station, LLC

Wexford
County Landfill, LLC

Wexford
Water Technologies, LLC

Northeastern
Environmental, LLC

Northern
A-1 Industrial Services, L.L.C.

Northeastern
Exploration, Inc.

EMA
Development, LLC

SWD
Specialties, LLC

Hazar-Bestos
Corporation

GFL
Slim Jim 2, LLC

GFL
Slim Jim 3, LLC

GFL
Slim Jim 4, LLC

GFL
Slim Jim 5, L.P.

 

	 	By: 	/s/ Patrick Dovigi	 
	 	 	Name:	Patrick Dovigi	 
	 	 	Title:	President	 

 

[Signature
Page to Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Jerry Urbanek
	 	 	Name:	Jerry Urbanek
	 	 	Title:	Corporate Trust Manager, Trust Officer

 

[Signature
Page to Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FACE OF NOTE]

 

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if
applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the ERISA Legend]

 

[Insert the Canadian Legend, if applicable
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

    A-1

     

    

 

GFL ENVIRONMENTAL INC.

 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE

Representing [up to]

US$[___________]

4.000% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2028

 

CUSIP NO. 36168Q AL81

 

C39217 AK72

 

	No.	 	Initial Principal Amount US$                

 

GFL ENVIRONMENTAL
INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario, promises to pay to                             ,
or registered assigns, the principal sum of                 U.S.
dollars on August 1, 2028 [, or such other principal amount as is indicated on the attached schedule]3.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1
and August 1, commencing August 1, 2021.

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15.

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set
forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

1 For Securities sold in
reliance on Rule 144A.

2
For Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S.

3
For Global Securities.

 

    A-2

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused
this instrument to be duly executed. Dated:               ,
20

 

	 	GFL ENVIRONMENTAL INC.
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    A-3

     

    

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in
the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Dated:                 ,
20

 

	 	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
	 	 
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

    A-4 

    

    

 

[BACK OF NOTE]

GFL ENVIRONMENTAL INC.

4.000% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2028

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.            Interest.
GFL Environmental Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of Ontario (such Person, and its respective successors
and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay
interest on the outstanding principal amount of this Note at the rate of 4.000% per annum from November 23, 20201
until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if
any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”);
provided, that the first Interest Payment Date will be August 1, 2021. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there
is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face
hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest will accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The
Issuer will pay, to the extent lawful, interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate then in effect; it will pay, to the extent lawful, interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate as on overdue principal. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months. Solely for purposes of disclosure under the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest to
which interest is calculated under a Note for any period in any calendar year (the “Calculation Period”) is
equivalent to the rate payable under a Note in respect of the Calculation Period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which
is the actual number of days in such calendar year and the denominator of which is the actual number of days in the Calculation
Period.

 

2.            Method
of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders
of Notes at the close of business on the January 15 or July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such
Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.11
of the Indenture with respect to Defaulted Interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest by,
in the case of Notes represented by the Global Notes, wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
The Depository Trust Company or its nominee and, in the case of Definitive Notes, wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder
at its address set forth in the register of Holders. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America
as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Holders must surrender their Notes to the Paying
Agent to collect payments of principal and premium, if any.

 

 

1 In the case of Notes issued on the Issue
Date.

 

    A-5 

    

    

 

3.            Paying
Agent and Registrar. Initially, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint
and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder, and the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act
as Paying Agent or Registrar, all in accordance with the Indenture.

 

4.            Indenture.
The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 23, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.,
as the Trustee. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms.
To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture
shall govern and be controlling (to the extent permitted by law). The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The Issuer
initially has issued US$500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes. The Issuer may issue Additional Notes under the Indenture,
subject to ‎Section 4.3 of the Indenture.

 

5.            Optional
Redemption.

 

(a)          On
or after August 1, 2023, the Issuer may, on any one or more occasions, redeem all or a part of the Notes at any time or from
time to time, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), if
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	Year	 	 	Percentage	 
	2023	 	 	 	102.000	%
	2024	 	 	 	101.000	%
	2025 and thereafter	 	 	 	100.000	%

 

(b)          At
any time prior to August 1, 2023, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem up to an aggregate of 40% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes (including, for greater certainty, any Additional Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture at a Redemption
Price (as calculated by the Issuer) equal to (i) 104.000% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, with an amount equal
to or less than the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or
contributed to the Issuer plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or
prior to the Redemption Date); provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued
under the Indenture on the Issue Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (but excluding any
Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of
the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.

 

    A-6 

    

    

 

(c)          In
addition, at any time prior to August 1, 2023, the Issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes
at a Redemption Price equal to the sum of: (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium
at the Redemption Date, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment
Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date).

 

(d)          If,
as a result of:

 

		(1)	any amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (or regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of any Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction which is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, where a jurisdiction in question does not
become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, such later date); or

 

		(2)	any amendment to, or change in, the existing official position or the introduction of an official position regarding the application,
interpretation, administration or assessing practices of any such laws, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction,
or a judicial decision rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction (whether or not made, taken or reached with respect to the
Issuer or any of the Guarantors) which is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, where a jurisdiction
in question does not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, such later date),

 

the Issuer or any Guarantor has become or
will become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes or a Note Guarantee,
as applicable, Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as described under Section 4.21 of the Indenture with respect
to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, which payment the Issuer or the Guarantor cannot avoid with the use of reasonable measures
available to it (including making payment through a paying agent located in another jurisdiction), then the Issuer may, at its
option, redeem all but not less than all of the Notes, upon not more than 60 days’ notice prior to the earliest date on which
the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, would be required to pay such Additional Amounts or indemnification payments, at a redemption
price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Prior to the giving
of any notice of redemption described in Section 3.8 of the Indenture, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee a written opinion
of independent legal counsel to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, of recognized standing to the effect that the Issuer
or the Guarantor, as applicable, has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts or indemnification payments as a result
of an amendment or change as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Indenture.

 

(e)          The
Issuer may redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding, at the Redemption Price and subject to the terms and conditions, set
forth in ‎Section 4.11(i) of the Indenture.

 

    A-7 

    

    

 

Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment
of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable
redemption date.

 

Except as set forth in paragraph 6, the
Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

6.            Mandatory
Redemption.

 

Except as provided in the Indenture, the
Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7.            Denominations,
Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples
of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and any Holder promptly of a change to the minimum denomination
of any Notes. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar or
the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer
may require a Holder to pay any tax or similar charge or other fee required by law and payable in connection therewith or permitted
by the Indenture. The Issuer is not required to exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for
redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer is not required to exchange
or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes to be redeemed or during
the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

8.            Persons
Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall
have rights hereunder.

 

9.            Amendment,
Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes, and any existing Default or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
outstanding principal amount of the Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the
Notes may be amended or supplemented with respect to certain matters specified in the Indenture.

 

10.          Defaults.
If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all the Notes may be declared (or will become) due and payable
in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

11.          Defeasance.
The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Issuer on this Note and (ii) certain
restrictive covenants and the related Events of Default, subject to compliance by the Issuer with certain conditions set forth
in the Indenture, which provisions apply to this Note.

 

12.          Note
Guarantees. The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally,
by the Guarantors.

 

13.          Authentication.
This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent.

 

    A-8 

    

    

 

14.          Abbreviations.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants
by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=Custodian), and U/G/M/A
(=Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

15.          Governing
Law. THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES ARE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK.

 

16.          CUSIP
Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer
has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or similar numbers in notices of redemption
as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.** Requests may be made to:

 

GFL Environmental Inc.

100 New Park Place, Suite 500

Vaughan, Ontario L4K 0H9

Canada

Attention: Patrick Dovigi

 

 

 

* Delete for Additional
Securities.

 

    A-9 

    

    

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

	 	To assign this Note, fill in the form below:	 
	 	 	 
	 	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 
	 	 	(Insert assignee’s
legal name)

 

	 
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I. D. no.)

 

 

	 
	 
	 
	 
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

	and irrevocably appoint	 

 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent
may substitute another to act for him.

 

	Date:	 	Your Signature:	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:**__________________

 

 

 

*        Participant
in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

    A-10 

    

    

 

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased
by the Issuer pursuant to ‎Section 4.7 or ‎Section 4.11
of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

 ̈         ‎Section 4.7          ̈           ‎Section 4.11

 

If you want to elect to have only part of
this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to ‎Section 4.7
or ‎Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount you
elect to have purchased:

 

$______________

 

	Date:	Your Signature:	 

 

	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the face of this Note)

 

	 	Tax Identification No.:	 

 

If Note is held through a custodian, name of the custodian through
which the Note is held:

 

Name of Beneficial Holder: ___________________________________________

 

DTC Custodian’s Name: _____________________________________________

 

DTC Custodian’s Participant Number:_______________

 

Custodian Contact Name: ______________________________________

Address:

Phone Number:

Email Address:

 

 

Signature Guarantee:** __________

 

 

		*	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized
Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program acceptable to the Trustee).

 

    A-11 

    

    

 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN
THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The initial outstanding principal amount
of this Global Note is US$___________. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

	Date of

 Exchange	 	Amount of 

Decrease in

 Principal 

Amount of this 

Global Note	 	Amount of 

Increase in 

Principal

 Amount of this

 Global Note	 	Principal 

Amount of this 

Global Note 

Following such

 Decrease or

 Increase	 	Signature of

 Authorized 

Officer of 

Trustee or 

Notes 

Custodian
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    A-12 

    

    

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

GFL Environmental Inc.

100 New Park Place, Suite 500

Vaughan, Ontario L4K 0H9 

Canada

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

8742 Lucent Boulevard, Suite 225, Highlands Ranch, CO 80129

Attention: Corporate Trust Department – GFL

 

Re: GFL Environmental Inc. 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028

 

CUSIP

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of November 23, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”),
among GFL Environmental Inc. (the “Issuer”), the guarantors named therein and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.,
as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Transferor”)
owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or beneficial interest in such Note[s] in the principal amount of $             (the
 “Transfer”), to           (the “Transferee”).
In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.      ̈     Check
if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A.
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
 “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest
or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment
discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A
in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities
Act.

 

    B-1

     

    

 

2.      ̈     Check
if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant
to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person
in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States
or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,
(ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements
of the Securities Act and (iv) if the Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Transfer
is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation
of the Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject
to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3.      ̈     Check
if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant
to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act (other than Rule 144A or Regulation S) and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States.

 

4.      ̈     Check
if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

(a)      ̈     Check
if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

    B-2

     

    

 

(b)      ̈     Check
if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will
no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)      ̈     Check
if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144,
Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue
sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and
the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the
proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not
be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

	 	 
	 	 
	
        

         
	[Insert Name of Transferor]

	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name:
	 
	 	Title:

 

Dated:

 

    B-3

     

    

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

GFL Environmental Inc.

100 New Park Place, Suite 500

Vaughan, Ontario L4K 0H9

Canada

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

8742 Lucent Boulevard, Suite 225, Highlands Ranch, CO 80129

Attention: Corporate Trust Department – GFL

 

Re: GFL Environmental Inc. 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028

 

CUSIP

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of November 23, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”),
among GFL Environmental Inc. (the “Issuer”), the guarantors named therein and Computershare Trust Company, N.A.,
as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

, (the “Owner”) owns
and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or beneficial interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                   (the
 “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.            Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)      ̈     Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.
In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
 “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(b)      ̈     Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

    C-1

     

    

 

(c)      ̈     Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the
Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant
to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)      ̈     Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange
of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive
Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities
Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.            Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)      ̈     Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount,
the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.
Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)      ̈     Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Note,  ̈
Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

    C-2

     

    

 

This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

	 	 
	 	 
	
         

         
	[Insert Name of Transferor]

	 	By:	 
	 	Name:
	 
	 	Title:

 

Dated:

 

    C-3

     

    

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental
Indenture”), dated as of [           ], 20__, among [Name of Subsequent
Guarantor(s)] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of GFL Environmental Inc., a corporation organized under the
laws of the Province of Ontario [or its permitted successor] (the “Issuer”), the Issuer and Computershare Trust
Company, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to herein (the “Trustee”).
The New Guarantor and the existing Guarantors are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Guarantors,”
or individually as a “Guarantor.”

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the existing Guarantors
have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of November 23, 2020, among the Issuer, the Guarantors
named therein and the Trustee (as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Indenture”),
relating to the 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”) of the Issuer;

 

WHEREAS, ‎Section 4.9
of the Indenture in certain circumstances requires the Issuer to cause a Restricted Subsidiary (i) to become a Guarantor by
executing a supplemental indenture and (ii) to deliver an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee
as provided in such Section; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to ‎Section 9.1
of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement
the Indenture without the consent of any Holder;

 

NOW THEREFORE, to comply with the provisions
of the Indenture and in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

 

1.            Capitalized
Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture.

 

2.            Agreement
to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally, with all other Guarantors,
to unconditionally Guarantee to each Holder and to the Trustee the Obligations, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject
to the provisions in the Indenture. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the
Note Guarantees and the Indenture are expressly set forth in ‎Article X
of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantees.

 

    D-1

     

    

 

3.            Execution
and Delivery. The New Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force
and effect notwithstanding the absence of an endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on any Note.

 

4.            Governing
Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES ARE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

5.            Counterparts.
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together,
shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile
or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and
may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile
or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

6.            Effect
of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect
the construction hereof.

 

7.            The
Trustee. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no duties, responsibilities or liabilities
are assumed, or shall be construed to be assumed, by the Trustee by reason of this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture
is executed and accepted by the Trustee subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture with the same force
and effect as if those terms and conditions were repeated at length herein and made applicable to the Trustee with respect hereto.

 

8.            Benefits
Acknowledged. The New Guarantor’s Note Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the Indenture. The New Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing
arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant
to this Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

9.            Ratification
of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended
hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain
in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of
Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

    D-2

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have
caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

Dated:     ,
20__

 

	 	[NEW GUARANTOR]
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name:
	 	Title:

 

    D-3

     

    

 

	 	GFL ENVIRONMENTAL INC.
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	Name:
	 	Title:	 

 

	 	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	Authorized Signatory

 

    D-4

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00317-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00317-of-00352.parquet"}]]